2 फुलस्टाप लगाकर सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता की धारणा कर , मन्सा सकाश द्वारा सुख-शान्ति की अंचली देने की सेवा करो fullstop lagākar sampūrṇ pavitratā kī|key dhārṇā kar , mansā sakāśh dvārā sukh-śhānti kī|key añchalī dēnē kī|key sēvā karō full stop lagānā[abs.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] , mansā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sukh-śhānti[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] full stop attach[abs.] complete purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna do[root] , through the mind sakaash through happiness and peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drop give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Apply a full-stop, imbibe complete purity, and by giving sakaash with your mind, do the service of giving souls a drop of happiness and peace.
3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के महान बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K mahān bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahān, mahā[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) great child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada is seeing the great children from everywhere.
4क्या महानता की ? kyā mahāntā kī|key ? kyā mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? what x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
3What greatness have you shown?
5जो दुनिया असम्भव कहती है उसको सहज सम्भव कर दिखाया वह है पवित्रता का व्रत . jō duniyā asambhav kahtī hai uskō sahaj sambhav kar dikhāyā vah hai pavitratā kā vrat . jō[pn.;d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] asambhav[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] sahaj[adj.] sambhav[adj.] karnā[root] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] . that world impossible say[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kō] easy x do[root] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] that be[pres.sg.23] purity of fast .
4You have easily shown to be possible what the world considers impossible, and that is the vow of purity.
6आप सभी ने पवित्रता का व्रत धारण किया है ना ! āp sabhī nē pavitratā kā vrat dhāraṇ kiyā hai nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] dhāraṇ karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! you all ∅ purity of fast adopt[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
5All of you have taken the vow of purity, have you not?
7बापदादा से परिवर्तन का दृढ़ संकल्प का व्रत लिया है . bāpdādā sē parivartan kā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā vrat liyā hai . bāpdādā sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada from transformation of determined thought of fast take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
6From BapDada, you have taken the vow of determined thought for transformation.
8व्रत करना अर्थात् वृत्ति द्वारा परिवर्तन करना . vrat karnā arthāt vr̥itti dvārā parivartan karnā . vrat[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . fast do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is attitude through transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
7To take this vow (vrat) means to bring about transformation through your attitude (vruti).
9क्या वृत्ति परिवर्तन की ? kyā vr̥itti parivartan kī|key ? kyā vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? what attitude transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
8Have you transformed your attitude?
10संकल्प किया हम सब भाई हैं इस वृत्ति परिवर्तन द्वारा कितनी बातों में भक्ति में भी व्रत लेते हैं लेकिन आप सबने बाप से दृढ़ संकल्प किया क्योंकि ब्राह्मण जीवन का फाउण्डेशन है पवित्रता और पवित्रता द्वारा ही परमात्म प्यार और सर्व परमात्म प्राप्तियां हो रही हैं . saṅkalp kiyā ham sab bhāī haĩ is vr̥itti parivartan dvārā kitnī bātō̃ mē̃ bhakti mē̃ bhī vrat lētē haĩ lēkin āp sabnē bāp sē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kiyā kyōṅki brāhmaṇ jīvan kā foundation hai pavitratā aur pavitratā dvārā hī paramātma pyār aur sarv paramātma prāptiyā̃ hō rahī haĩ . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.o.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vrat[x] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sabnē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] aur pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā hī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sarv[adj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] we all be liked[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] this attitude transformation through so matter in devotion in too fast take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you x father from determined thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] because Brahmin life of foundation be[pres.sg.23] purity and purity through only Supreme Soul love and all Supreme Soul attainment be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
9You had the thought that you are all brothers. 10With the transformation of this attitude, in devotion too, they take this vow in so many things, but all of you have had the determined thought with the Father because the foundation of Brahmin life is purity and it is through purity that you have God's love and all Godly attainments.
11महात्मा जिसको कठिन समझते हैं असम्भव समझते हैं और आप पवित्रता को स्वधर्म समझते हो . mahātmā jiskō kaṭhin samajhtē haĩ asambhav samajhtē haĩ aur āp pavitratā kō svadharm samajhtē hō . mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.sg.kō] kaṭhin[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] asambhav[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] svadharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . great soul that[.kō] difficult understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] impossible understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you purity to original dharma understand[pres.pl.m.2] .
11The mahatmas consider it to be difficult or impossible, whereas you consider purity to be your original religion.
12बापदादा देख रहे हैं कई अच्छे अच्छे बच्चे हैं जिन्होंने संकल्प किया और दृढ़ संकल्प द्वारा प्रैक्टिकल में परिवर्तन दिखा रहे हैं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ kaī achchhē achchhē bachchē haĩ jinhōnnē saṅkalp kiyā aur dr̥iṛh saṅkalp dvārā practical mē̃ parivartan dikhā rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kaī achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.pl.nē] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā practical mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] some achcha achcha child be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and determined thought through practical in transformation x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
12BapDada is seeing that there are some good children who have had the thought and with the determined thought are showing that transformation in a practical way.
13ऐसे चारों ओर के महान बच्चों को बापदादा बहुत-बहुत दिल से दुआयें दे रहे हैं . aisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K mahān bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā bahut-bahut dil sē duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahān, mahā[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . such everywhere (of|K) great child to BapDada very heart from blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
13BapDada is giving many, many blessings from His heart to such great children from everywhere.
14आप सभी भी मन वचन कर्म वृत्ति दृष्टि द्वारा पवित्रता का अनुभव कर रहे हो ना ! āp sabhī bhī man vachan karma vr̥itti dr̥iṣhṭi dvārā pavitratā kā anubhav kar rahē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] dvārā pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! you all too mind word deed attitude drishti through purity of experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
14All of you are also experiencing purity in your thoughts, words, actions, attitude and vision, are you not?
15पवित्रता की वृत्ति अर्थात् हर एक आत्मा प्रति शुभ भावना शुभ कामना . pavitratā kī|key vr̥itti arthāt har ēk ātmā prati śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt har ēk[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] prati śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] . purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude that is each one soul for pure feeling good wishes .
15The attitude of purity means to have good wishes and pure feelings for each and every soul.
16दृष्टि हर एक आत्मा को आत्मिक स्वरूप में देखना स्वयं को भी सहज सदा आत्मिक स्थिति में अनुभव करना . dr̥iṣhṭi har ēk ātmā kō ātmik svarūp mē̃ dēkhnā svayã kō bhī sahaj sadā ātmik sthiti mē̃ anubhav karnā . dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ātmik[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] svayã kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] sadā ātmik[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . drishti each one soul to soul-conscious form in see[inf.m.sg.d.] x to too easy constantly soul-conscious stage in experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
16Vision of purity means to see every soul in their soul-conscious form and also constantly to experience the self easily in the soul-conscious stage.
17ब्राह्मण जीवन का महत्व मन वचन कर्म की पवित्रता है . brāhmaṇ jīvan kā mahatva man vachan karma kī|key pavitratā hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahmin life of importance mind word deed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) purity be[pres.sg.23] .
17The importance of Brahmin life is purity in your thoughts, words and deeds.
18पवित्रता नहीं तो ब्राह्मण जीवन का जो गायन है सदा पवित्रता के बल से स्वयं भी स्वयं को दुआ देते हैं क्या दुआ देते ? pavitratā nahī̃ tō brāhmaṇ jīvan kā jō gāyan hai sadā pavitratā kē|K bal sē svayã bhī svayã kō duā dētē haĩ kyā duā dētē ? pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] svayã bhī[p.] svayã kō[postp.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? purity otherwise Brahmin life of that x be[pres.sg.23] constantly purity (of|K) strength from x too x to blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what blessing give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
18If there is no purity, then the praise of Brahmin life, which is to give blessings to yourself with the power of purity - what blessings do you give?
19पवित्रता द्वारा सदा स्वयं को भी खुश अनुभव करते और दूसरों को भी खुशी देते . pavitratā dvārā sadā svayã kō bhī khuśh anubhav kartē aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī khuśhī dētē . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā sadā svayã kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . purity through constantly x to too happy experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and other to too happiness give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
19You experience yourself to be happy through purity and you also give happiness to others.
20पवित्र आत्मा को तीन विशेष वरदान मिलते हैं - एक स्वयं स्वयं को वरदान देता जो सहज बाप का प्यारा बन जाता . pavitra ātmā kō tīn viśhēṣh vardān miltē haĩ - ēk svayã svayã kō vardān dētā jō sahaj bāp kā pyārā ban jātā . pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] svayã svayã kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sahaj[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . pure soul to x special blessing receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - one x x to blessing give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that easy father of loving (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
20Pure souls receive three special blessings. 21One is to give blessings to yourself and so you become easily loved by the Father.
212 - वरदाता बाप का नियरेस्ट और डियरेस्ट बच्चा बन जाता इसलिए बाप की दुआयें स्वतः प्राप्त होती हैं और सदा प्राप्त होती हैं . 2 - vardātā bāp kā nearest aur dearest bachchā ban jātā isliē bāp kī|key duāyē̃ svataḥ prāpt hōtī haĩ aur sadā prāpt hōtī haĩ . 2 - vardātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nearest aur dearest bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] isliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svataḥ prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur sadā prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 2 - x father of x and dearest child (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] therefore father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing automatically reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and constantly reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
22Secondly, you become the nearest and dearest child of the Father, the Bestower of Blessings, and this is why you easily receive blessings from the Father and constantly receive them.
22तीसरा - जो भी ब्राह्मण परिवार के विशेष निमित्त बने हुए हैं उन्हों द्वारा भी दुआयें मिलती रहती . tīsrā - jō bhī brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K viśhēṣh nimitt banē huē haĩ unhō̃ dvārā bhī duāyē̃ miltī rahtī . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] dvārā bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres-part.f.] rahnā[pres-part.f.] . third - that too Brahmin family (of|K) special instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that through too blessing receive[pres-part.f.] remain[pres-part.f.] .
23Thirdly, you also continue to receive blessings from those who are the special instruments of the Brahmin family.
23तीनों की दुआओं से सदा उड़ता रहता और उड़ाता रहता . tīnō̃ kī|key duāō̃ sē sadā uṛtā rahtā aur uṛātā rahtā . tīnō̃[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sadā uṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur uṛānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . all three (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing from constantly fly[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
24With blessings from all three, you constantly continue to fly and make others fly.
24तो आप सभी भी अपने से पूछो अपने को चेक करो तो पवित्रता का बल और पवित्रता का फल सदा अनुभव करते हो ? tō āp sabhī bhī apnē sē pūchhō apnē kō check karō tō pavitratā kā bal aur pavitratā kā phal sadā anubhav kartē hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then you all too one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then purity of strength and purity of fruit constantly experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
25So, all of you should ask yourselves and check: Do I always experience the power (bal) of purity and the fruit (fal) of purity?
25सदा रूहानी नशा दिल में फलक रहती है ? sadā rūhānī naśhā dil mē̃ phalak rahtī hai ? sadā rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? constantly spiritual intoxication heart in sparkle of intoxication remain[pres.sg.f.23] ?
26Do I always have that spiritual intoxication and pride in my heart?
26कभी-कभी कोई कोई बच्चे जब अमृतवेले मिलन मनाते हैं रूहरिहान करते हैं तो मालूम है क्या कहते हैं ? kabhī-kabhī kōī kōī bachchē jab amr̥itvēlē milan manātē haĩ rūhrihān kartē haĩ tō mālūm hai kyā kahtē haĩ ? kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jab amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? ever some some child when amrit vela meeting celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then x be[pres.sg.23] what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
27Sometimes, when some children celebrate a meeting at amrit vela, they have a heart-to-heart conversation. 28Do you know what they say?
27पवित्रता द्वारा जो अतीन्द्रिय सुख का फल मिलता है वह सदा नहीं रहता . pavitratā dvārā jō atīndriya sukh kā phal miltā hai vah sadā nahī̃ rahtā . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā jō[pn.;d.] atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . purity through that x happiness of fruit receive[pres.sg.m.23] that constantly not remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
29They don't always have the fruit of supersensuous joy which you receive through purity.
28कभी रहता है कभी नहीं रहता क्योंकि पवित्रता का फल ही अतीन्द्रिय सुख है . kabhī rahtā hai kabhī nahī̃ rahtā kyōṅki pavitratā kā phal hī atīndriya sukh hai . kabhī[adv.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ever remain[pres.sg.m.23] ever not remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] because purity of fruit only x happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
30They have it sometimes and not at other times, because supersensuous joy is the fruit of purity.
29तो अपने से पूछो मैं कौन हूँ ? tō apnē sē pūchhō maĩ kaun hū̃ ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? then one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I who be[pres.sg.1] ?
31So, ask yourself: Who am I?
30सदा अतीन्द्रिय सुख की अनुभूति में रहते वा कभी-कभी ? sadā atīndriya sukh kī|key anubhūti mē̃ rahtē vā kabhī-kabhī ? sadā atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vā kabhī[adv.] ? constantly x happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] or ever ?
32Do you always stay in the experience of supersensuous joy or only sometimes?
31अपने को कहलाते क्या हो ? apnē kō kahlātē kyā hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kahlānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? one’s own to call[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
33What do you have yourselves called?
32सभी अपना नाम लिखते तो क्या लिखते हो ? sabhī apnā nām likhtē tō kyā likhtē hō ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō kyā likhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? all (one’s own|adopt[root]) name write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then what write[pres.pl.m.2] ?
34When all of you write your names, what do you write?
33बी . के . फलाना … बी . के . फलानी . B|be . kē|K . phalānā … B|be . kē|K . phalānī . B|be . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … B|be . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . phalānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . (x|be) . (of|K) . x … (x|be) . (of|K) . x .
35B.K. 36So-and-so. 37B.K. 38So-and-so.
34और अपने को मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान कहते हो . aur apnē kō master sarvśhaktivān kahtē hō . aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . and one’s own to master Almighty Authority say[pres.pl.m.2] .
39And you call yourselves master almighty authorities.
35सब हैं ना ! sab haĩ nā ! sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! all be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
40All of you are that, are you not?
36मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हैं ? master sarvśhaktivān haĩ ? master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? master Almighty Authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
41Are you master almighty authorities?
37जो समझते हैं हम मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हैं सदा कभी-कभी नहीं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ham master sarvśhaktivān haĩ sadā kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sadā kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we master Almighty Authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] constantly ever not that raise your hands .
42Those of you who consider yourselves to be master almighty authorities all the time, not just sometimes, raise your hands!
38सदा ? sadā ? sadā ? constantly ?
43All the time?
39देखना सोचना सदा हैं ? dēkhnā sōchnā sadā haĩ ? dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sadā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? see[inf.m.sg.d.] think[inf.m.sg.d.] constantly be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
44Just be careful; think about it! 45Are you this all the time?
40डबल फारेनर्स नहीं हाथ उठा रहे हैं थोड़े उठा रहे हैं . double foreigners nahī̃ hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ thōṛē uṭhā rahē haĩ . double foreigner nahī̃[neg] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner not raise your hands short uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
46Double foreigners are not raising their hands. 47A few are raising their hands.
41टीचर्स उठाओ हैं सदा ? teachers uṭhāō haĩ sadā ? teacher uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sadā ? teacher uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[pres.pl.12hon3] constantly ?
48Teachers, raise your hands! 49Are you this constantly?
42ऐसे ही नहीं उठाओ जो सदा हैं वह सदा वाली उठाओ . aisē hī nahī̃ uṭhāō jō sadā haĩ vah sadā vālī uṭhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sadā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only not uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that constantly be[pres.pl.12hon3] that constantly those who uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
50Do not raise your hands just like that; only those who are this constantly should raise their hands.
43बहुत थोड़े हैं . bahut thōṛē haĩ . bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
51There are very few.
44पाण्डव उठाओ पीछे वाले बहुत थोड़े हैं . pāṇḍav uṭhāō pīchhē vālē bahut thōṛē haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x those who very short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
52Pandavas, raise your hands! 53Those sitting at the back; there are very few.
45सारी सभा नहीं हाथ उठाती . sārī sabhā nahī̃ hāth uṭhātī . sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.f.] . the whole court not hand uplift[pres-part.f.] .
54It is not the whole gathering raising their hands.
46अच्छा मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हैं तो उस समय शक्तियां कहाँ चली जाती ? achchhā master sarvśhaktivān haĩ tō us samay śhaktiyā̃ kahā̃ chalī jātī ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kahā̃ chalnā[past-part.f.] jānā[pres-part.f.] ? achcha master Almighty Authority be[pres.pl.12hon3] then that time Shakti where continue[past-part.f.] go[pres-part.f.] ?
55OK, if you are master almighty authorities, then, where do all the powers go at that time?
47मास्टर हैं इसका अर्थ ही है मास्टर तो बाप से भी ऊंचा होता है . master haĩ iskā arth|earth hī hai master tō bāp sē bhī ūñchā hōtā hai . master hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kā] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] master tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . master be[pres.pl.12hon3] this[.kā] (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] master then father from too elevated be[pres.sg.m.23] .
56A master means a master and a master is higher than the Father.
48तो चेक करो - अवश्य प्युरिटी के फाउण्डेशन में कुछ कमज़ोर हो . tō check karō - avaśhya purity kē|K foundation mē̃ kuchh kamzōr hō . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - avaśhya purity kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K foundation mē̃[postp.] kuchh kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - x purity (of|K) foundation in anything weak (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
57So check: There is definitely something weak in the foundation of purity.
49क्या कमज़ोरी है ? kyā kamzōrī hai ? kyā kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what weakness be[pres.sg.23] ?
58What weakness is there?
50मन में अर्थात् संकल्प में कमज़ोरी है बोल में कमज़ोरी है या कर्म में कमज़ोरी है या स्वप्न में भी कमज़ोरी है क्योंकि पवित्र आत्मा का मन-वचन-कर्म सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क स्वप्न स्वतः शक्तिशाली होता है . man mē̃ arthāt saṅkalp mē̃ kamzōrī hai bōl mē̃ kamzōrī hai yā karma mē̃ kamzōrī hai yā svapn mē̃ bhī kamzōrī hai kyōṅki pavitra ātmā kā man-vachan-karma sambandh-sampark svapn svataḥ śhaktiśhālī hōtā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] arthāt saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man-vachan-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . mind in that is thought in weakness be[pres.sg.23] (speak[root]|x) in weakness be[pres.sg.23] or deed in weakness be[pres.sg.23] or dream in too weakness be[pres.sg.23] because pure soul of thoughts, words and deeds x dream automatically powerful be[pres.sg.m.23] .
59Is there weakness in the mind, that is, in your thoughts? 60Is there weakness in your words or weakness in your actions? 61Or is there weakness in your dreams? 62Because the thoughts, words, actions, relationships and connections and dreams of a pure soul are automatically powerful.
51जब व्रत ले लिया वृत्ति को बदलने का तो कभी कभी क्यों ? jab vrat lē liyā vr̥itti kō badalnē kā tō kabhī kabhī kyō̃ ? jab vrat[x] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] kyō̃ ? when fast take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] attitude to change[inf.m.pl.,o.] of then ever ever why ?
63Since you have taken the vow of transforming your attitude, why should it be sometimes?
52समय को देख रहे हो समय की पुकार भक्तों की पुकार आत्माओं की पुकार सुन रहे हो और अचानक का पाठ तो सबको पक्का है तो फाउण्डेशन की कमज़ोरी अर्थात् पवित्रता की कमज़ोरी . samay kō dēkh rahē hō samay kī pukār bhaktō̃ kī|key pukār ātmāō̃ kī|key pukār sun rahē hō aur achānak kā pāṭh tō sabkō pakkā hai tō foundation kī|key kamzōrī arthāt pavitratā kī|key kamzōrī . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] samay kī pukār[x] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur achānak kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sabkō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō foundation karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . time to see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] call of the time devotee (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) listen[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and suddenly of lesson then everything firm be[pres.sg.23] then foundation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) weakness that is purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) weakness .
64You are seeing the time and hearing the call of time, the call of the devotees and the call of souls and you have all made the lesson of 'suddenly' firm, and so weakness in the foundation means weakness in purity.
53अगर बोल में भी शुभ भावना शुभ कामना नहीं पवित्रता के विपरीत है तो भी सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता का जो सुख है अतीन्द्रिय सुख उसका अनुभव नहीं हो सकता क्योंकि ब्राह्मण जीवन का लक्ष्य ही है असम्भव को सम्भव करना . agar bōl mē̃ bhī śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā nahī̃ pavitratā kē|K viparīt hai tō bhī sampūrṇ pavitratā kā jō sukh hai atīndriya sukh uskā anubhav nahī̃ hō saktā kyōṅki brāhmaṇ jīvan kā lakṣhya hī hai asambhav kō sambhav karnā . agar bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] nahī̃[neg] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viparīt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kā] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] asambhav[adj.] kō[postp.] sambhav[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if (speak[root]|x) in too pure feeling good wishes not purity (of|K) that has no love for God be[pres.sg.23] ∅ complete purity of that happiness be[pres.sg.23] x happiness that[.kā] experience not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] because Brahmin life of aim only be[pres.sg.23] impossible to x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
65If there are no good wishes and pure feelings in your words, if they are opposing purity, you cannot experience supersensuous joy, which is the happiness of complete purity because the aim of Brahmin life is to make the impossible possible.
54उसमें जितना और उतना शब्द नहीं आता . usmē̃ jitnā aur utnā śhabda nahī̃ ātā . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that[.mē̃] the more and x word not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 55जितना चाहिए उतना नहीं है . jitnā chāhiē utnā nahī̃ hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the more (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) x not be[pres.sg.23] .
66Such souls do not know the words 'To the extent that you have this, so accordingly, you have that...' or 'they don't have as much as they should'. 67(They don't have this language.)
56तो कल अमृतवेले विशेष हर एक अपने को दूसरे को नहीं सोचना दूसरे को नहीं देखना लेकिन अपने को चेक करना - कितनी परसेन्टेज़ में पवित्रता का व्रत निभा रहे हैं ? tō kal amr̥itvēlē viśhēṣh har ēk apnē kō dūsrē kō nahī̃ sōchnā dūsrē kō nahī̃ dēkhnā lēkin apnē kō check karnā - kitnī percentage mē̃ pavitratā kā vrat nibhā rahē haĩ ? tō kal amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percentage mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] nibhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? then x amrit vela special each one one’s own to other to not think[inf.m.sg.d.] other to not see[inf.m.sg.d.] but one’s own to check do[inf.m.sg.d.] - so percentage in purity of fast fulfil[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
68So, tomorrow, at amrit vela, check yourself. 69Do not think about others, do not look at others, but think only of yourself. 70Check to what percentage you are fulfilling the vow of purity.
57चार बातें चेक करना - एक वृत्ति दूसरा - सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में शुभ भावना शुभ कामना यह तो है ही ऐसा नहीं . chār bātē̃ check karnā - ēk vr̥itti dūsrā - sambandh-sampark mē̃ śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā yah tō hai hī aisā nahī̃ . chār[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - ēk[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . four matter check do[inf.m.sg.d.] - one attitude other - x in pure feeling good wishes this then be[pres.sg.23] only such not . 58लेकिन उस आत्मा प्रति भी शुभ भावना . lēkin us ātmā prati bhī śhubh bhāvnā . lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] prati bhī[p.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] . but that soul for too pure feeling .
71Check four things. 721. Attitude. 732. Good wishes and pure feelings in your relationships and connections. 74Do not think; 'This one is always like that anyway', but have pure feelings for that soul too.
59जब आप सबने अपने को विश्व परिवर्तक माना है है सभी ? jab āp sabnē apnē kō viśhva parivartak mānā hai hai sabhī ? jab āp[pn.pl.] sabnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] viśhva parivartak[x] mānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] ? when you x one’s own to world transformer x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.23] all ?
75Since you consider yourselves to be world transformers - are all of you that?
60अपने को समझते हैं कि हम विश्व परिवर्तक हैं ? apnē kō samajhtē haĩ ki ham viśhva parivartak haĩ ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] viśhva parivartak[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? one’s own to understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we world transformer be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
76Do you consider yourselves to be world transformers?
61हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
77Raise your hands!
62इसमें उठाते हैं . ismē̃ uṭhātē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.mē̃] uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
78You are raising your hands for this.
63इसमें तो बहुत अच्छे हाथ उठाये हैं मुबारक हो इसमें भी . ismē̃ tō bahut achchhē hāth uṭhāyē haĩ mubārak hō ismē̃ bhī . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] . this[.mē̃] then very achcha raise your hands congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) this[.mē̃] too .
79You have raised your hands very well for this. 80Congratulations for this too.
64लेकिन बापदादा एक आप सभी से प्रश्न पूछते हैं ? lēkin bāpdādā ēk āp sabhī sē praśhna pūchhtē haĩ ? lēkin bāpdādā ēk[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? but BapDada one you all from question ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
81However, BapDada is asking all of you a question.
65पूछें ? pūchhē̃ ? pūchhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? ask[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
82Should Baba ask you?
66प्रश्न पूछें ? praśhna pūchhē̃ ? praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? question ask[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
83Should He ask you a question?
67जब आप विश्व परिवर्तक हो तो विश्व परिवर्तन में यह प्रकृति 5 तत्व भी आ जाते हैं उन्हों को परिवर्तन कर सकते और अपने को या साथियों को परिवार को परिवर्तन नहीं कर सकते ? jab āp viśhva parivartak hō tō viśhva parivartan mē̃ yah prakr̥iti 5 tatva bhī ā jātē haĩ unhō̃ kō parivartan kar saktē aur apnē kō yā sāthiyō̃ kō parivār kō parivartan nahī̃ kar saktē ? jab āp[pn.pl.] viśhva parivartak[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] prakr̥iti[x] 5 tatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] yā sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? when you world transformer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then world transformation in this matter 5 element too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] that to transformation do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and one’s own to or companion to family to transformation not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? 68विश्व परिवर्तक अर्थात् आत्माओं को प्रकृति को सबको परिवर्तन करना . viśhva parivartak arthāt ātmāō̃ kō prakr̥iti kō sabkō parivartan karnā . viśhva parivartak[x] arthāt ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] sabkō parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . world transformer that is soul to matter to everything transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
84Since you are world transformers, then the five elements of nature are also included in world transformation. 85You can transform those, but can you not transform yourself, your companions and your family? 'World transformer' means to transform everything - souls and nature.
69तो अपना वायदा याद करो सभी ने बाप से वायदा कई बार किया है लेकिन बापदादा यही देख रहे हैं कि समय बहुत फास्ट आ रहा है सबकी पुकार बहुत बढ़ रही है तो पुकार सुनने वाले और परिवर्तन करने वाले उपकारी आत्मायें कौन हैं ? tō apnā vāydā yād karō sabhī nē bāp sē vāydā kaī bār kiyā hai lēkin bāpdādā yahī dēkh rahē haĩ ki samay bahut fast ā rahā hai sabkī pukār bahut baṛh rahī hai tō pukār sunnē vālē aur parivartan karnē vālē upkārī ātmāyē̃ kaun haĩ ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut fast ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] bahut baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] tō pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] upkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then (one’s own|adopt[root]) promise remember all ∅ father from promise some time do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but BapDada this see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that time very fast come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] everyone's (call[root]|call) very grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] then (call[root]|call) listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who one who uplifts soul who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
86So remember your promise. 87All of you have promised the Father many times. 88However, BapDada is seeing that time is moving very fast. 89The call of everyone is increasing. 90So, who are the souls who will hear the call, bring about transformation and uplift everyone?
70आप ही हो ना ! āp hī hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
91You are those same ones, are you not?
71बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है पर उपकारी वा विश्व उपकारी बनने के लिए तीन शब्द को खत्म करना पड़ेगा - जानते तो हो . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai par upkārī vā viśhva upkārī bannē kē liē tīn śhabda kō khatm karnā paṛēgā - jāntē tō hō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkārī[adj.] vā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] upkārī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] - jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ (firstly|x) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] (at|other) one who uplifts or world one who uplifts become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x word to finished do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] - know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
92BapDada told you earlier too: You will have to finish three expressions in order to be one who uplifts others and uplifts the world. 93You know them already.
72जानने में तो होशियार हो बापदादा जानता है सभी होशियार हैं . jānnē mē̃ tō hōśhiyār hō bāpdādā jāntā hai sabhī hōśhiyār haĩ . jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāpdādā jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] sab[adv.hī] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . know[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) BapDada know[pres.sg.m.23] all clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
94You are clever in knowing those. 95BapDada knows that all of you are clever.
73एक पहला शब्द है पराचिंतन परदर्शन और तीसरा है परमत इन तीनों ही पर शब्द को खत्म कर पर उपकारी बनेंगे . ēk pahlā śhabda hai parācintan pardarśhan aur tīsrā hai parmat in tīnō̃ hī par śhabda kō khatm kar par upkārī banē̃gē . ēk[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x pardarśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] parmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[root] par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkārī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . one x word be[pres.sg.23] x looking at others and third be[pres.sg.23] dictates of others (in|this) all three only (at|other) word to finished do[root] (at|other) one who uplifts become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
96The first expression is 'par chintan' (thinking about others). 97Second is 'par darshan' (looking at others) and the third is 'par mat' (dictates of others). 98Finish all these three 'pars' and you will be able to become 'par-upkari' (one who uplifts others).
74जो विघ्न रूप बनता है वह यह तीन शब्द याद है ना ! jō vighna rūp bantā hai vah yah tīn śhabda yād hai nā ! jō[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! that obstacle Rup become[pres.sg.m.23] that this x word remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
99It is these three expressions that become an obstacle. 100You remember that, do you not?
75नई बात नहीं है . naī bāt nahī̃ hai . nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . new matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
101It is not anything new.
76तो कल चेक करना अमृतवेले बापदादा भी चक्कर लगाता है देखेंगे क्या कर रहे हो ? tō kal check karnā amr̥itvēlē bāpdādā bhī chakkar lagātā hai dēkhē̃gē kyā kar rahē hō ? tō kal check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? then x check do[inf.m.sg.d.] amrit vela BapDada too cycle attach[pres.sg.m.23] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
102So, tomorrow, at amrit vela, check this. 103BapDada also tours around and He will see what you are doing.
77क्योंकि अभी आवश्यकता है समय प्रमाण पुकार प्रमाण हर एक दुःखी आत्मा को मन्सा सकाश द्वारा सुख शान्ति की अंचली देना . kyōṅki abhī āvaśhyaktā hai samay pramāṇ pukār pramāṇ har ēk duḥkhī ātmā kō mansā sakāśh dvārā sukh śhānti kī|key añchalī dēnā . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ har ēk[x] duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] mansā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . because now need be[pres.sg.23] time (under) (call[root]|call) (under) each one (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) soul to through the mind sakaash through happiness peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drop give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
104Now, according to the time and according to the call, there is a need to give each unhappy soul a drop of happiness and peace by giving them sakaash through the mind.
78कारण क्या है ? kāraṇ kyā hai ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? because what be[pres.sg.23] ?
105What is the reason for this?
79बापदादा कभी-कभी बच्चों को अचानक देखते हैं क्या कर रहे हैं ? bāpdādā kabhī-kabhī bachchō̃ kō achānak dēkhtē haĩ kyā kar rahē haĩ ? bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] achānak dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? BapDada ever child to suddenly see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? 80क्योंकि बच्चों से प्यार तो है ना और बच्चों के साथ जाना है अकेला नहीं जाना है . kyōṅki bachchō̃ sē pyār tō hai nā aur bachchō̃ kē sāth jānā hai akēlā nahī̃ jānā hai . kyōṅki bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because child from love then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ and child with (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) alone not (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
106BapDada sometimes suddenly looks at the children to see what they are doing because He has love for the children, and He wants to return with the children, He doesn't want to return alone.
81साथ चलेंगे ना ! sāth chalē̃gē nā ! sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
107You will go with Baba, will you not?
82चलेंगे ! chalē̃gē ! chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
108Will you return together?
83चलेंगे ! chalē̃gē ! chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
109Will you?
84साथ चलेंगे ? sāth chalē̃gē ? sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
85यह आगे वाले नहीं उठा रहे हैं ? yah āgē vālē nahī̃ uṭhā rahē haĩ ? yah[pn.sg.d.] āgē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? this previously those who not uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
110The ones sitting in the front are not raising their hands.
86नहीं चलेंगे ? nahī̃ chalē̃gē ? nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? not continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
111Will you not return together?
87चलना है ना ! chalnā hai nā ! chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
112You are going to return together, are you not?
88बापदादा भी बच्चों के कारण एडवांस पार्टी भी आपकी दादियां आपके विशेष पाण्डव आप सबका इन्तजार कर रहे हैं उन्होंने भी दिल में पक्का वायदा किया है कि हम सब साथ में चलेंगे . bāpdādā bhī bachchō̃ kē|K kāraṇ advance party bhī āpkī dādiyā̃ āpkē viśhēṣh pāṇḍav āp sabkā intjār kar rahē haĩ unhōnnē bhī dil mē̃ pakkā vāydā kiyā hai ki ham sab sāth mē̃ chalē̃gē . bāpdādā bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] advance party[x] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] viśhēṣh[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada too child (of|K) because advance party too you[.kī] Dadi you[.kē] special Pandava you everyone's wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that[.nē] too heart in firm promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that we all with in continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
113Because of the children - BapDada, your Dadis and your special Pandavas of the advance party are waiting for all of you children. 114They have made a firm promise in their heart that we will all return home together.
89थोड़े नहीं सबके सब साथ चलेंगे . thōṛē nahī̃ sabkē sab sāth chalē̃gē . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . short not everyone's all with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
115Not just a few of us, but all of us will return home together.
90तो कल अमृतवेले अपने को चेक करना कि किस बात की कमी है ? tō kal amr̥itvēlē apnē kō check karnā ki kis bāt kī|key kamī hai ? tō kal amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then x amrit vela one’s own to check do[inf.m.sg.d.] that (who|what) matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] ?
116So, tomorrow at amrit vela, check yourself to see what is lacking.
91क्या मन्सा की वाणी की वा कर्मणा में आने की . kyā mansā kī|key vāṇī kī|key vā karmaṇā mē̃ ānē kī|key . kyā mansā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vā karmaṇā mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . what through the mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) words (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) or x in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
117Is something missing in your thoughts, words or when you come into action?
92बापदादा ने एक बारी सभी सेन्टर्स का चक्कर लगाया . bāpdādā nē ēk bārī sabhī centres kā chakkar lagāyā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] centre kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ one x all centre of cycle attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
118BapDada toured around all the centres once.
93बतायें क्या देखा ? batāyē̃ kyā dēkhā ? batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? tell[opt.pl.12hon3] what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
119Should He tell you what He saw?
94कमी किस बात की है ? kamī kis bāt kī hai ? kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? x (who|what) matter do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
120What was missing?
95तो यही दिखाई दिया कि एक सेकण्ड में परिवर्तन कर फुलस्टाप लगाना इसकी कमी है . tō yahī dikhāī diyā ki ēk second mē̃ parivartan kar fullstop lagānā iskī kamī hai . tō yahī[pn.;d.] dikhāī dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] full stop lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kī] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this be visible that one second in transformation do[root] full stop attach[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kī] x be[pres.sg.23] .
121What He saw was that bringing about transformation and putting a full-stop in one second was missing.
96जब तक फुलस्टाप लगाओ तब तक पता नहीं क्या क्या हो जाता है . jab tak fullstop lagāō tab tak patā nahī̃ kyā kyā hō jātā hai . jab tak[x] full stop lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab tak[x] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . as long as full stop attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x knowledge not what what be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
122You can't tell what happens in the time it takes to put a full-stop.
97बापदादा ने सुनाया है कि एक लास्ट टाइम की लास्ट एक घड़ी होगी जिसमें फुलस्टाप लगाना पड़ेगा . bāpdādā nē sunāyā hai ki ēk last time kī|key last ēk ghaṛī hōgī jismē̃ fullstop lagānā paṛēgā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] last time karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key last ēk[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] full stop lagānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . BapDada ∅ speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that one last time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) last one moment be[fut.f.sg.23] that[.mē̃] full stop attach[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
123BapDada has already told you that in the last period, in the last moment, you will definitely have to put a full-stop.
98लेकिन देखा क्या ? lēkin dēkhā kyā ? lēkin dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā ? but see[past-part.m.sg.d.] what ?
124However, what did He see?
99लगाना फुलस्टाप है लेकिन लग जाता है क्वामा दूसरों की बातें याद करते यह क्यों होता यह क्या होता इसमें आश्चर्य की मात्रा लग जाती . lagānā fullstop hai lēkin lag jātā hai comma dūsrō̃ kī|key bātē̃ yād kartē yah kyō̃ hōtā yah kyā hōtā ismē̃ āśhcharya kī mātrā lag jātī . lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] full stop hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] comma dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] lagnā[root] jānā[pres-part.f.] . attach[inf.m.sg.d.] full stop be[pres.sg.23] but x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] comma other (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter remembrance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] this why be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] this what be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] x x[root] go[pres-part.f.] .
125You have to apply a full-stop, but, instead, you put a comma. 126You remember the things of others, thinking "Why does this happen? 127What happens?" and you apply an exclamation mark in this.
100तो फुलस्टाप नहीं लगता लेकिन क्वामा आश्चर्य की निशानी और क्यूं क्वेश्चन की क्यू लग जाती . tō fullstop nahī̃ lagtā lēkin comma āśhcharya kī|key niśhānī aur kyū̃ question kī|key queue lag jātī . tō full stop nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin comma āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur kyō̃ question karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key queue lagnā[root] jānā[pres-part.f.] . then full stop not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but comma amazement (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign and why question (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) queue x[root] go[pres-part.f.] .
128So you are not able to put a full-stop, but instead there is the punctuation of a comma, an exclamation mark or a queue of questions.
101तो इसको चेक करना . tō iskō check karnā . tō yah[pn.sg.kō] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this[.kō] check do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
129So check this.
102अगर फुलस्टाप लगाने की आदत नहीं होगी तो अन्त मते सो गति श्रेष्ठ नहीं होगी . agar fullstop lagānē kī|key ādat nahī̃ hōgī tō ant matē sō gati śhrēṣhṭh nahī̃ hōgī . agar full stop lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . if full stop attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit not be[fut.f.sg.23] then end x (x|sleep[root]) speed elevated not be[fut.f.sg.23] . 103ऊंची नहीं होगी . ūñchī nahī̃ hōgī . ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . elevated not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
130If you don't have the habit of applying a full-stop, then your final moments that lead you to your destination will not be elevated; they will not be high.
104इसलिए बापदादा होमवर्क दे रहे हैं कि खास कल अमृतवेले चेक करना और चेंज करना पड़ेगा . isliē bāpdādā homework dē rahē haĩ ki khās kal amr̥itvēlē check karnā aur change karnā paṛēgā . isliē bāpdādā home work dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] khās kal amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur change karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . therefore BapDada homework give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that x x amrit vela check do[inf.m.sg.d.] and change do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
131This is why BapDada is giving you homework: Tomorrow, at amrit vela, check yourself and then you will have to change yourself.
105एक सप्ताह फुलस्टाप सेकण्ड में लगाने का बार-बार अभ्यास करो और 18 जनवरी में जनवरी का मास सभी को बाप समान बनने का उमंग आता है तो 18 जनवरी में सभी को अपनी चिटकी लिख करके बाक्स में डालना है कि 18 तारीख तक क्या रिजल्ट रही ? ēk saptāh fullstop second mē̃ lagānē kā bār-bār abhyās karō aur 18 January mē̃ January kā mās sabhī kō bāp samān bannē kā umaṅg ātā hai tō 18 January mē̃ sabhī kō apnī chiṭkī likh karkē box mē̃ ḍālnā hai ki 18 tārīkh tak kyā result rahī ? ēk[adj.] saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] full stop second mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur 18 January mē̃[postp.] January kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō 18 January mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] likhnā[root] karnā[abs.] box mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] 18 tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] tak kyā result rahnā[past-part.f.] ? one week full stop second in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and 18 January in January of (month|x) all to equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] then 18 January in all to one’s own little note write[root] do[abs.] x in create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that 18 x until what result remain[past-part.f.] ?
132For one week, repeatedly practise applying a full-stop in a second. 133And, on 18th January - everyone has a lot of enthusiasm to become equal to the Father- and so on 18th January, everyone has to write a little note and put it in a box, writing down what your result has been till the 18th.
106फुलस्टाप लगा वा और मात्रायें लग गई ? fullstop lagā vā aur mātrāyē̃ lag gaī ? full stop lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vā aur x lagnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ? full stop (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) or and x x[past-part.f..root+jānā] ?
134Were you able to apply a full stop or was any other punctuation applied?
107पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
135Do you like this?
108पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
136Do you?
109कांध हिलाओ क्योंकि बापदादा का बच्चों से बहुत प्यार है अकेला नहीं जाने चाहता तो क्या करेंगे ? kāndh hilāō kyōṅki bāpdādā kā bachchō̃ sē bahut pyār hai akēlā nahī̃ jānē chāhtā tō kyā karē̃gē ? kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[opt.sg.23]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because BapDada of child from very love be[pres.sg.23] alone not (know[opt.sg.23]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]) x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
137Nod if you like it. 138BapDada has a lot of love for you children. 139He doesn't want to go alone, and so what would He do?
110अभी फास्ट तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करो . abhī fast tīvr purūṣhārth karō . ab[adv.hī] fast tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now fast intense effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
140Now, make fast, intense effort.
111अभी ढीला-ढाला पुरूषार्थ सफलता नहीं दिला सकेगा . abhī ḍhīlā-ḍhālā purūṣhārth saphaltā nahī̃ dilā sakēgā . ab[adv.hī] ḍhīlā-ḍhālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dilānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+saknā] . now weak effort success not x[fut.m.sg.23.root+saknā] .
141Now, being slack in your effort will not bring you success.
112प्युरिटी को पर्सनैलिटी , रीयल्टी , रॉयल्टी कहा जाता है . purity kō personality , reality , royalty kahā jātā hai . purity kō[postp.] personality , reality , royalty kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . purity to personality , reality , royalty (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
142Purity is said to be personality, reality and royalty.
113तो अपनी रॉयल्टी को याद करो . tō apnī royalty kō yād karō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] royalty kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then one’s own royalty to remember .
143So, remember your royalty.
114अनादि रूप में भी आप आत्मायें बाप के साथ अपने देश में विशेष आत्मायें हो . anādi rūp mē̃ bhī āp ātmāyē̃ bāp kē sāth apnē dēśh mē̃ viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ hō . anādi[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . eternal Rup in too you soul father with one’s own land in special soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
144Even in your eternal form, you souls are special souls in your land with the Father.
115जैसे आकाश में विशेष सितारे चमकते हैं ऐसे आप अनादि रूप में विशेष सितारा चमकते हो . jaisē ākāśh mē̃ viśhēṣh sitārē chamaktē haĩ aisē āp anādi rūp mē̃ viśhēṣh sitārā chamaktē hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ākāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chamaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] anādi[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chamaknā[pres.pl.m.2] . like ether in special star x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] such you eternal Rup in special star x[pres.pl.m.2] .
145Just as special stars are sparkling in the sky, in the same way, you special stars are sparkling in your eternal form.
116तो अपने आदिकाल की रॉयल्टी याद करो . tō apnē ādikāl kī|key royalty yād karō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi kāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key royalty yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then one’s own beginning (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) royalty remember .
146So remember your royalty of the beginning period.
117फिर सतयुग में जब आते हैं तो देवता रूप की रॉयल्टी याद करो . phir satyug mē̃ jab ātē haĩ tō dēvtā rūp kī|key royalty yād karō . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key royalty yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (turn[root]|then) golden age in when come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then deity Rup (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) royalty remember .
147Then, when you go to the golden age, remember the royalty of the deity form.
118सभी के सिर पर रॉयल्टी की लाइट का ताज है . sabhī kē|K sir par royalty kī|key light kā tāj hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] royalty karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (of|K) x (at|other) royalty (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light of crown be[pres.sg.23] .
148Everyone has a crown of light of their royalty on their head.
119अनादि आदि कितनी रॉयल्टी है . anādi ādi kitnī royalty hai . anādi[adj.] ādi[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] royalty hōnā[pres.sg.23] . eternal etc. so royalty be[pres.sg.23] .
149Eternally and in the beginning period there is so much royalty.
120फिर द्वापर में आओ तो भी आपके चित्रों जैसी रॉयल्टी और किसकी नहीं है . phir dvāpar mē̃ āō tō bhī āpkē chitrō̃ jaisī royalty aur kiskī nahī̃ hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dvāpar mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] royalty aur kaun[pn.sg.kī] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) copper age in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ you[.kē] picture like royalty and who[.kī] not be[pres.sg.23] .
150Then, come to the copper age - no one else has as much royalty as there is in your images.
121नेताओं के अभिनेताओं के धर्म आत्माओं के चित्र बनते हैं लेकिन आपके चित्रों की पूजा और आपके चित्रों की विशेषता कितनी रॉयल है . nētāō̃ kē|K abhinētāō̃ kē|K dharm ātmāō̃ kē|K chitra bantē haĩ lēkin āpkē chitrō̃ kī|key pūjā aur āpkē chitrō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā kitnī royal hai . nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] royal hōnā[pres.sg.23] . founder (of|K) x (of|K) religion soul (of|K) picture become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kē] picture (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) and you[.kē] picture (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality so royal be[pres.sg.23] .
151Images are created of leaders, actors and dharamatmas (saints), but the worshipping and the speciality of your images are so royal.
122चित्र को देख कर ही सब खुश हो जाते हैं . chitra kō dēkh kar hī sab khuśh hō jātē haĩ . chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[root] hī[p.] sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . picture to see[root] do[root] only all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
152Everyone becomes happy on seeing your images.
123चित्रों द्वारा भी कितनी दुआयें लेते हैं . chitrō̃ dvārā bhī kitnī duāyē̃ lētē haĩ . chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . picture through too so blessing take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
153They take so many blessings through the images.
124तो यह सब रॉयल्टी पवित्रता की है . tō yah sab royalty pavitratā kī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] royalty pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then this all royalty purity do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
154So, all of this is the royalty of purity.
125पवित्रता ब्राह्मण जीवन का जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . pavitratā brāhmaṇ jīvan kā janm siddha adhikār hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity Brahmin life of (be born[root]|life) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .
155Purity is the birthright of Brahmin life.
126पवित्रता की कमी समाप्त होना चाहिए . pavitratā kī|key kamī samāpt hōnā chāhiē . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x finished (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
156The lack of purity should now end.
127ऐसे नहीं हो जायेगा उस समय वैराग्य आ जायेगा तो हो जायेगा बातें बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी सुनाते हैं . aisē nahī̃ hō jāyēgā us samay vairāgya ā jāyēgā tō hō jāyēgā bātē̃ bahut achchhī-achchhī sunātē haĩ . aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . it isn't that be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] that time disinterest come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] matter very achcha speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 128बाबा आप फिक्र नहीं करो हो जायेगा . bābā āp phikra nahī̃ karō hō jāyēgā . bābā āp[pn.pl.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . Baba you worry not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
157Do not think, "It will happen, I will have disinterest at that time and so it will happen then." 158You tell Baba many very good things: Baba, don't worry, it will happen.
129लेकिन बापदादा को इस जनवरी मास में स्पेशल पवित्रता में हर एक को सम्पन्न करना है . lēkin bāpdādā kō is January mās mē̃ special pavitratā mē̃ har ēk kō sampann karnā hai . lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] January mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] special pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] sampann[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . but BapDada to this January (month|x) in special purity in each one to full do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
159However, this January, BapDada especially wants to make everyone complete in purity.
130पवित्रता सिर्फ ब्रह्मचर्य नहीं व्यर्थ संकल्प भी अपवित्रता है . pavitratā sirph brahmcharya nahī̃ vyarth saṅkalp bhī apavitratā hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] brahmcharya[x] nahī̃[neg] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity only celibacy not wasteful thought too impurity be[pres.sg.23] .
160Purity is not just celibacy. 161Even waste thoughts are impurity.
131व्यर्थ बोल व्यर्थ रूप बोल का जिसको कहते हैं क्रोध का अंश रोब संस्कार ऐसे बनाओ जो दूर से ही आपको देख पवित्रता के वायब्रेशन लें क्योंकि आप जैसी पवित्रता जो रिजल्ट में आत्मा भी पवित्र शरीर भी पवित्र डबल पवित्रता प्राप्त है . vyarth bōl vyarth rūp bōl kā jiskō kahtē haĩ krōdh kā aṅśh rōb saṅskār aisē banāō jō dūr sē hī āpkō dēkh pavitratā kē|K vibration lē̃ kyōṅki āp jaisī pavitratā jō result mē̃ ātmā bhī pavitra śharīr bhī pavitra double pavitratā prāpt hai . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] result mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] double pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . wasteful (speak[root]|x) wasteful Rup (speak[root]|x) of that[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anger of trace bossiness sanskar such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that distant from only you[.kō] see[root] purity (of|K) vibrations take[opt.pl.12hon3] because you like purity that result in soul too pure body too pure double purity reached be[pres.sg.23] .
162Waste words, a form of wasteful words which is also called bossiness - a trace of anger - are impurity. 163Create such sanskars of purity that, seeing you from a distance, others are able to receive vibrations of purity. 164The result of the purity that you have is that of the soul being pure and the body also being pure; you attain double purity.
132जब भी कोई भी बच्चा पहले आता है तो बाप का वरदान कौन सा मिलता है ? jab bhī kōī bhī bachchā pahlē ātā hai tō bāp kā vardān kaun sā miltā hai ? jab bhī[p.] kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? when too anyone child (firstly|x) come[pres.sg.m.23] then father of blessing which receive[pres.sg.m.23] ?
165Whenever any child comes here, what is the first blessing he receives from the Father?
133याद है ? yād hai ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
166Do you remember?
134पवित्र भव योगी भव . pavitra bhav yōgī bhav . pavitr[adj.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgī[x] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . pure (may you be|x) yogi (may you be|x) .
167May you be pure, may you be yogi!
135तो दोनों बात को एक पवित्रता और दूसरा फुलस्टाप योगी . tō dōnō̃ bāt kō ēk pavitratā aur dūsrā fullstop yōgī . tō dōnō̃ bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] full stop yōgī[x] . then x matter to one purity and other full stop yogi .
168So, imbibe both things, purity and a full-stop - a yogi.
136पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
169Do you like it?
137बापदादा अमृतवेले चक्र लगायेंगे सेन्टरों के भी चक्र लगायेंगे . bāpdādā amr̥itvēlē chakra lagāyēṅgē sēnṭarō̃ kē|K bhī chakra lagāyēṅgē . bāpdādā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chakra lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] centre[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] chakra lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada amrit vela be around the cycle centre (of|K) too be around the cycle .
170At amrit vela, BapDada will go on a tour. 171He will also tour around all the centres.
138बापदादा तो एक सेकण्ड में चारों ओर का चक्र लगा सकता . bāpdādā tō ēk second mē̃ chārō̃ ōr kā chakra lagā saktā . bāpdādā tō ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra lagānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada then one second in everywhere of be around the cycle can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
172BapDada can tour around everywhere in one second.
139तो इस जनवरी अव्यक्ति मास का कोई नया प्लैन बनाओ . tō is January avyakti mās kā kōī nayā plan banāō . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] January avyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this January x (month|x) of some new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
173So, this January, make a new plan for the avyakt month.
140मन्सा सेवा मन्सा स्थिति और अव्यक्त कर्म और बोल इसको बढ़ाओ . mansā sēvā mansā sthiti aur avyakt karma aur bōl iskō baṛhāō . mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mansā sthiti[n.f.;sg.] aur avyakt[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . through the mind service through the mind stage and avyakt deed and (speak[root]|x) this[.kō] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
174Increase service through the mind and through your stage - with avyakt actions and words.
141तो 18 जनवरी को बापदादा सभी की रिजल्ट देखेंगे . tō 18 January kō bāpdādā sabhī kī|key result dēkhē̃gē . tō 18 January kō[postp.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then 18 January to BapDada all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
175So, on 18th January, BapDada will see everyone's result.
142प्यार है ना 18 जनवरी को अमृतवेले से प्यार की ही बातें करते हो . pyār hai nā 18 January kō amr̥itvēlē sē pyār kī|key hī bātē̃ kartē hō . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā 18 January kō[postp.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ 18 January to amrit vela from love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) only matter do[pres.pl.m.2] .
176He has love for you, does He not? 177On 18th January, from amrit vela, you only speak of things of love.
143सभी उल्हना देते हैं बाबा अव्यक्त क्यों हुआ ? sabhī ulhanā dētē haĩ bābā avyakt kyō̃ huā ? sab[adv.hī] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā avyakt[adj.] kyō̃ hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? all complaint give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba avyakt why be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
178All of you complain, asking, "Why did Baba become avyakt?"
144तो बाप भी उल्हना देता है कि साकार में होते बाप समान कब तक बनेंगे ? tō bāp bhī ulhanā dētā hai ki sākār mē̃ hōtē bāp samān kab tak banē̃gē ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp samān[x] kab tak bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then father too complaint give[pres.sg.m.23] that sakar in be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] equal to the Father when until become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
179So, the Father too is complaining, "While being in the corporeal form, when will you become equal to the Father?"
145तो आज थोड़ा सा विशेष अटेन्शन खिंचवा रहे हैं . tō āj thōṛā sā viśhēṣh attention khiñchvā rahē haĩ . tō āj thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention khichvānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then today short x special attention draw[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
180So, today, BapDada is especially drawing your attention a little.
146प्यार भी कर रहे हैं सिर्फ अटेन्शन नहीं खिंचवा रहे हैं प्यार भी है क्योंकि बाप यही चाहते हैं कि मेरा एक बच्चा भी रह नहीं जाए . pyār bhī kar rahē haĩ sirph attention nahī̃ khiñchvā rahē haĩ pyār bhī hai kyōṅki bāp yahī chāhtē haĩ ki mērā ēk bachchā bhī rah nahī̃ jāē . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sirph[adj.] attention nahī̃[neg] khichvānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] . love too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] only attention not draw[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] love too be[pres.sg.23] because father this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kā] one child too remain[root] not (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) .
181Baba is also giving you love, not just drawing your attention. 182Baba also has love because He doesn't want even a single child of His left out. 183Check the shrimat for every action.
147हर कर्म की श्रीमत चेक करना अमृतवेले से लेके रात तक जो भी हर कर्म की श्रीमत मिली है वह चेक करना . har|her karma kī|key śhrīmat check karnā amr̥itvēlē sē lēkē rāt tak jō bhī har|her karma kī|key śhrīmat milī hai vah check karnā . harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|x) deed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shrimat check do[inf.m.sg.d.] amrit vela from take[abs.] night until that too (x[root]|x) deed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shrimat receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that check do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
184Check the shrimat that you have received for every action from amrit vela till night time.
148मजबूत है ना ! majbūt hai nā ! majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
185You are strong, are you not?
149साथ चलना है ना ! sāth chalnā hai nā ! sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! with continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
186You are going to return together, are you not?
150चलना है ! chalnā hai ! chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ! continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] !
187You want to return, do you not?
151हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
188Raise your hands!
152चलना है ? chalnā hai ? chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
189Do you want to return?
153अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
154टीचर्स ? teachers ? teacher ? teacher ?
190Teachers?
155अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
156पीछे वाले हाथ उठाओ . pīchhē vālē hāth uṭhāō . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who raise your hands .
191Those who are sitting at the back, raise your hands!
157कुर्सा वाले हाथ उठाओ पाण्डव हाथ उठाओ . kursā vālē hāth uṭhāō pāṇḍav hāth uṭhāō . x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who raise your hands Pandava raise your hands .
192Those sitting on the chairs, raise your hands! 193Pandavas, raise your hands!
158तो समान बनेंगे तब तो हाथ में हाथ देकर चलेंगे ना . tō samān banē̃gē tab tō hāth mē̃ hāth dēkar chalē̃gē nā . tō samān[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . then equal become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then then hand in hand give[abs.] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
194So, you can only return hand in hand when you have become equal.
159करना ही है बनना ही है यह दृढ़ संकल्प करो . karnā hī hai bannā hī hai yah dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] this determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
195You have to do that; you have to become that. 196Have this determined thought.
16015 - 20 दिन यह दृढ़ता रहती है फिर धीरे-धीरे थोड़ा अलबेलापन आ जाता है . 15 - 20 din yah dr̥iṛhtā rahtī hai phir dhīrē-dhīrē thōṛā albēlāpan ā jātā hai . 15 - 20 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dhīrē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 15 - 20 day this determination remain[pres.sg.f.23] (turn[root]|then) x short carelessness come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
197This determination lasts for 15 to 20 days. 198Then, gradually, a little carelessness creeps in.
161तो अलबेलापन को खत्म करो . tō albēlāpan kō khatm karō . tō albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then carelessness to finished do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
199So, finish the carelessness.
162ज्यादा में ज्यादा देखा है एक मास फुल उमंग रहता है दृढ़ता रहती है फिर एक मास के बाद थोड़ा थोड़ा अलबेलापन शुरू हो जाता है . jyādā mē̃ jyādā dēkhā hai ēk mās full umaṅg rahtā hai dr̥iṛhtā rahtī hai phir ēk mās kē bād thōṛā thōṛā albēlāpan śhurū hō jātā hai . jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] full umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . at the most see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] one (month|x) full zeal remain[pres.sg.m.23] determination remain[pres.sg.f.23] (turn[root]|then) one (month|x) after short short carelessness x .
200It has been seen that full enthusiasm and determination lasts for a maximum of one month. 201Then, after one month, a little carelessness begins.
163तो अभी यह वर्ष समाप्त होगा तो क्या समाप्त करेंगे ? tō abhī yah varṣh samāpt hōgā tō kyā samāpt karē̃gē ? tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kyā samāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then now this year finished be[fut.m.sg.23] then what x ?
202So, what will you end when this year ends?
164वर्ष समाप्त करेंगे कि वर्ष के साथ जो भी जिस संकल्प में भी धारणा में भी कमज़ोरी है उसको समाप्त करेंगे ? varṣh samāpt karē̃gē ki varṣh kē sāth jō bhī jis saṅkalp mē̃ bhī dhārṇā mē̃ bhī kamzōrī hai uskō samāpt karē̃gē ? varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] samāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? year x that year with that too that thought in too dharna in too weakness be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] x ?
203Will you just end the year, or, together with the year, will you also end whatever weakness there is in your thoughts and in your dharna?
165करेंगे ना ! karē̃gē nā ! karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
204You will do this, will you not?
166हाथ नहीं उठाते हैं ? hāth nahī̃ uṭhātē haĩ ? hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? hand not uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
205You are not raising your hands.
167तो ऑटोमेटिक दिल में यह रिकार्ड बजना चाहिए अब घर चलना है . tō automatic dil mē̃ yah record bajnā chāhiē ab ghar chalnā hai . tō automatic dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] record bajnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|bajnā[.oblig3] ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then x heart in this record (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) now home continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
206So, this record "We now have to return home" (Ab ghar chalna hai) should automatically be playing in your heart.
168सिर्फ चलना नहीं है लेकिन राज्य में भी आना है . sirph chalnā nahī̃ hai lēkin rājya mē̃ bhī ānā hai . sirph[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . only continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] but kingdom in too come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
207You don't just have to return home, but you also have to come back to the kingdom.
169अच्छा जो पहली बारी आये हैं बापदादा से मिलने वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā jō pahlī bārī āyē haĩ bāpdādā sē milnē vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha that x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] that raise your hands .
208Achcha. 209Those who have come here for the first time to meet BapDada, raise your hands!
170तो पहली बारी आने वालों को विशेष मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō pahlī bārī ānē vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then x x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
210BapDada is giving special congratulations to those who have come here for the first time.
171लेट आये हो , टूलेट में नहीं आये हो . lēṭ āyē hō , toolate mē̃ nahī̃ āyē hō . lēṭnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+ānā] , too late mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . lie down[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+ānā] , too late in not come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
211You have come late, but not too late.
172लेकिन तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का वरदान सदा याद रखना , तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करना ही है . lēkin tīvr purūṣhārth kā vardān sadā yād rakhnā , tīvr purūṣhārth karnā hī hai . lēkin tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād rakhnā[x] , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but intense effort of blessing constantly remember , intense effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
212However, always remember your blessing of making intense effort. 213You definitely have to make intense effort.
173करेंगे , गे गे नहीं करना , करना ही है . karē̃gē , gē gē nahī̃ karnā , karnā hī hai . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , some time some time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
214Do not say, "I will do it; it will happen." 215You definitely do have to do it.
174लास्ट सो फास्ट और फर्स्ट आना है . last sō fast aur first ānā hai . last sō|sōnā[root] fast aur first[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . last (x|sleep[root]) fast and first come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
216Those who have come last have to go fast and come first.
175अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
217Achcha.
176अभी क्या करना है ? abhī kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
218What do we have to do now?
177सेवा का टर्न पंजाब जोन का है , ( पंजाब , हरियाणा , हिमाचल , जम्मू कश्मीर , उत्तरांचल ) - अच्छा है , यह चांस जो मिलता है वह अच्छा लगता है ? sēvā kā turn pañjāb zone kā hai , ( pañjāb , hariyāṇā , himācal , jammū kaśhmīr , uttarāñcal ) - achchhā hai , yah chance jō miltā hai vah achchhā lagtā hai ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ( pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hariyāṇā , x , x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x ) - achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] chance jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? service of you Punjab zone of be[pres.sg.23] , ( Punjab , x , x , x Kashmir , x ) - achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this chance that receive[pres.sg.m.23] that enjoy ?
219This time it was the turn of Punjab to serve: (Punjab, Hariyana, Himachal, Jammu Kashmir, Utranchal): It is good. 220Do you like the chance that you are given?
178स्पेशल है और पंजाब का अर्थ ही है जैसे स्थूल नदियां कहते हैं पावन करती हैं तो पंजाब के पतित-पावन बच्चे , पंजाब को पावन आत्मायें बनाने में तोफर्स्ट नम्बर होंगे ना . special hai aur pañjāb kā arth|earth hī hai jaisē sthūl nadiyā̃ kahtē haĩ pāvan kartī haĩ tō pañjāb kē|K patit-pāvan bachchē , pañjāb kō pāvan ātmāyē̃ banānē mē̃ tōpharsṭa number hōṅgē nā . special hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthūl[adj.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pāvan[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patit pāvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pāvan[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] x number hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . special be[pres.sg.23] and Punjab of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] like physical river say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pure do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then Punjab (of|K) Purifier child , Punjab to pure soul create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x number be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
221It is special. 222And Punjab means - just as they speak of physical rivers being purifiers, so too, you purifier children of Punjab will claim the first number in making the souls of Punjab pure, will you not?
179देखो पंजाब की एक बात की विशेषता है - तो पहले-पहले आदि जो भाषण किया है , वह महात्मा के निमन्त्रण पर किया है . dēkhō pañjāb kī|key ēk bāt kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai - tō pahlē-pahlē ādi jō bhāṣhaṇ kiyā hai , vah mahātmā kē|K nimantraṇ par kiyā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - tō pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Punjab (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] - then (firstly|x) etc. that lecture do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that great soul (of|K) invitation (at|other) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
223Look, Punjab has the speciality of one thing. 224The first lecture that was given at the beginning was by invitation from the saints.
180याद है ना ! yād hai nā ! yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
225Do you remember?
181बच्ची ( दादी जानकी ) को याद है . bachchī ( dādī jānkī ) kō yād hai . bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . girl ( Dadi x ) to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] .
226The daughter (Dadi Janki) remembers.
182और कहाँ भी महात्माओं की स्टेज पर भाषण का निमन्त्रण मिले , पहला पहला , यह नहीं हुआ है . aur kahā̃ bhī mahātmāō̃ kī|key stage par bhāṣhaṇ kā nimantraṇ milē , pahlā pahlā , yah nahī̃ huā hai . aur kahā̃ bhī[p.] mahātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and where too great soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage (at|other) lecture of invitation (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , x x , this not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
227Nowhere else have you ever received an invitation from the saints to lecture on their stage. 228This has not happened.
183तो जब पंजाब शेर कहा जाता है , तो शेर का काम तो किया . tō jab pañjāb śhēr kahā jātā hai , tō śhēr kā kām tō kiyā . tō jab pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] , tō śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then when Punjab lion (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) , then lion of (lust|task) then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
229So, since Punjab is said to be a lion, you have done the work of a lion.
184सभी साधू सन्त के बीच में ललकार की , तो पंजाब शेर तो हुआ ना . sabhī sādhū sant kē|K bīch mē̃ lalkār kī|key , tō pañjāb śhēr tō huā nā . sab[adv.hī] sādhū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sant[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] lalkārnā[root]|lalkār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . all sage holy man (of|K) centre in (challenge[root]|challenge) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , then Punjab lion then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
230You issued a challenge in front of the sages and holy men and so that makes Punjab a lion, does it not?
185अभी भी बच्चे ने ( अमीरचन्द भाई ने ) लिस्ट दी है , जो बापदादा ने कहा था वी . आई . पी हर एक के सम्बन्ध में कितने कितने है , वह हर वर्ग वाले लिस्ट देवे तो बापदादा को बच्चे की लिस्ट मिली , लिस्ट दी है , ताली बजाओ . abhī bhī bachchē nē ( amīracanda bhāī nē ) list dī hai , jō bāpdādā nē kahā thā we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P har ēk kē|K sambandh mē̃ kitnē kitnē hai , vah har|her varg vālē list dēvē tō bāpdādā kō bachchē kī|key list milī , list dī hai , tālī bajāō . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nē[postp.] ( x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] ) list dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] list dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list milnā[past-part.f.] , list dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now too child ∅ ( x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ ) list give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that BapDada ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) each one (of|K) relationship in so so be[pres.sg.23] , that (x[root]|x) profession those who list give[opt.sg.23] then BapDada to child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list receive[past-part.f.] , list give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
231Even now, the child (Amirchandbhai from Punjab) gave Baba a list. 232BapDada had asked for a list of how many VIPs are in contact with each of the wings. 233So BapDada has received the list from the child. 234He has given a list. 235You may applaud.
186अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
236It is good.
187अभी इन सभी को लिस्ट देखी अच्छी है , लेकिन इन्हों की पीठ करो , वी . आई . पी के वी . आई . पी नहीं रहें , पहली स्टेज में तो लाया है लेकिन दूसरी स्टेज है हर कार्य में समय प्रति समय स्नेही सहयोगी बनें . abhī in sabhī kō list dēkhī achchhī hai , lēkin inhō̃ kī|key pīṭh karō , we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P kē|K we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P nahī̃ rahē̃ , pahlī stage mē̃ tō lāyā hai lēkin dūsrī stage hai har|her kārya mē̃ samay prati samay snēhī sahyōgī banē̃ . ab[adv.hī] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] list dēkhnā[past-part.f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pīṭh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] stage mē̃[postp.] tō lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] stage hōnā[pres.sg.23] harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now (in|this) all to list see[past-part.f.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] , but this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) back do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) (of|K) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) not remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , x stage in then x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but other stage be[pres.sg.23] (x[root]|x) task in time for time loving co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3] . 188और फिर उसके आगे ब्राह्मण परिवार के साथी बनें , परिवार का अपने को समझें . aur phir uskē āgē brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K sāthī banē̃ , parivār kā apnē kō samajhē̃ . aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] āgē brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . and (turn[root]|then) of that[.kē] previously Brahmin family (of|K) companion become[opt.pl.12hon3] , family of one’s own to understand[opt.pl.12hon3] .
237Baba saw the list. 238It is good. 239However, you have to follow it up. 240They should not just remain VIPs. 241You have brought them to the first stage. 242However, the second stage is that, from time to time, they become co-operative and loving in every task, and after that, they become companions of the Brahmin family and they consider themselves to belong to this family.
189कहाँ कहाँ के वी . आई . पी आगे बढ़े हैं , बापदादा उन्हों को मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं लेकिन जितनी सेवा इस ज्ञान सरोवर शुरू होते हुई है , जितने वर्ग बने हैं , जितना समय और जितनी सेवा हुई है , उस प्रमाण वी . आई . पी . घरू बन जायें , फोन करो पहुंच जायें , हाँ जी , हाँ जी करें , साथी तो बनें . kahā̃ kahā̃ kē|K we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P āgē baṛhē haĩ , bāpdādā unhō̃ kō mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ lēkin jitnī sēvā is gyān sarōvar śhurū hōtē huī hai , jitnē varg banē haĩ , jitnā samay aur jitnī sēvā huī hai , us pramāṇ we|V . āī|eye|I . pī|P . gharū ban jāyē̃ , phone karō pahuñch jāyē̃ , hā̃ jī , hā̃ jī karē̃ , sāthī tō banē̃ . kahā̃ kahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] gyān sarōvar[x] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . gharū[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , phone karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahuñchnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , hā̃ jī[x] , hā̃ jī[x] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . where where (of|K) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) previously grow[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada that to congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but the more service this Gyan Sarovar beginning be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , the more profession become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , the more time and the more service be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that (under) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . feel at home become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] reach[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , yes , yes do[opt.pl.12hon3] , companion then become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
243In some places, the VIPs have moved forward. 244BapDada is congratulating them. 245However much service has taken place from the time that Gyan Sarovar began, however many wings have been created, according to the time and service that has taken place from the beginning, the VIPs should now have become homely. 246As soon as you phone them, they should come to you. 247They should say "Ha ji, ha ji" and at least become your companions.
190अभी हर वर्ग यह लक्ष्य रखे सहज सहयोगी बनें , ऐसे नहीं मान देवें , खास सीट देवें तभी आवें . abhī har|her varg yah lakṣhya rakhē sahaj sahyōgī banē̃ , aisē nahī̃ mān dēvē̃ , khās seat dēvē̃ tabhī āvē̃ . ab[adv.hī] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rakhnā[opt.sg.23] sahaj[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , aisē nahī̃[x] mānnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , khās seat dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tabhī ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now (x[root]|x) profession this aim (keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|keep[opt.sg.23]) easy co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3] , it isn't that x[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , x seat give[opt.pl.12hon3] x come[opt.pl.12hon3] .
248Now, each wing should keep the aim of making them into co-operative souls easily. 249It should not be that they only come when you give them regard or a special seat.
191थोड़ा होमली बनाओ . thōṛā homely banāō . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] homely banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . short homely create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
250Make them a little homely.
192अपने सेन्टर पर , आबू में नहीं आ सकते हैं मानो , तो अपने जोन में भी जो बड़े बड़े सेन्टर हैं उसमें उन्हों को बुलाओ . apnē centre par , ābū mē̃ nahī̃ ā saktē haĩ mānō , tō apnē zone mē̃ bhī jō baṛē baṛē centre haĩ usmē̃ unhō̃ kō bulāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] , ābū mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own centre (at|other) , Abu in not come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then one’s own zone in too that very very centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] that to call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
251For instance, if they are not able to come to Abu, then invite them to the big centres in your own zone.
193कम से कम तीन मास या 6 मास में उनसे मिलते रहो , होमली बनाते जाओ . kam sē kam tīn mās yā 6 mās mē̃ unsē miltē rahō , homely banātē jāō . kam sē kam[x] tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.pl.sē] milnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , homely banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . at least x (month|x) or 6 (month|x) in that[.sē] receive[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , homely create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
252Continue to meet them every three to six months and continue to make them feel homely.
194तो समय पर जब यह हालतें बदलेंगी तो समय पर काम में तो आवें . tō samay par jab yah hālatē̃ badalē̃gī tō samay par kām mē̃ tō āvē̃ . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jab yah[pn.sg.d.] hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] badalnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then time (at|other) when this situation change[fut.f.pl.12hon3] then time (at|other) (lust|task) in then come[opt.pl.12hon3] .
253So, when the situations change, then, at least they will prove to be helpful at that time.
195तो सभी वर्ग वाले सुन रहे हैं . tō sabhī varg vālē sun rahē haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then all profession those who listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
254So, those of all the wings are hearing this.
196कहाँ कहाँ बने भी हैं लेकिन थोड़े बने हैं . kahā̃ kahā̃ banē bhī haĩ lēkin thōṛē banē haĩ . kahā̃ kahā̃ bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . where where (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but short become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
255In some places, they have become this, but very few.
197तो पंजाब वाले शेर हो , हाँ दोनों हाथ उठाओ . tō pañjāb vālē śhēr hō , hā̃ dōnō̃ hāth uṭhāō . tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , hā̃ dōnō̃ hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then Punjab those who lion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , yes x raise your hands .
256So, those from Punjab are lions. 257Yes, you can raise both hands.
198सब शेर हैं . sab śhēr haĩ . sab[adj.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all lion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
258All of you are lions.
199तो पहला नम्बर आप करना , पंजाब के वी . आई पी होमली बन जायें . tō pahlā number āp karnā , pañjāb kē|K we|V . I P homely ban jāyē̃ . tō pahlā number[x] āp[pn.pl.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K we|V . I P[x] homely bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then x you do[inf.m.sg.d.] , Punjab (of|K) (x) . IP homely become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
259So, you can do this first. 260The VIPs of Punjab should become homely.
200महात्मायें भी होमली बन जायें . mahātmāyē̃ bhī homely ban jāyē̃ . mahātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] homely bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . great soul too homely become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
261Even the mahatmas should become homely.
201निमन्त्रण पर नहीं आवे खुद कहें हम आयेंगे . nimantraṇ par nahī̃ āvē khud kahē̃ ham āyēṅgē . nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] khud kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . invitation (at|other) not come[opt.sg.23] oneself say[opt.pl.12hon3] we come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
262They should not come to you just by invitation, but they themselves should say that they will come.
202अच्छी हैं , वृद्धि तो की है पंजाब में . achchhī haĩ , vr̥iddhi tō kī hai pañjāb mē̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , growth then do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] Punjab in .
263It is good. 264Punjab has brought about expansion.
203बापदादा का भी पंजाब से प्यार है क्यों प्यार है ? bāpdādā kā bhī pañjāb sē pyār hai kyō̃ pyār hai ? bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyō̃ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada of too Punjab from love be[pres.sg.23] why love be[pres.sg.23] ?
265BapDada also has love for Punjab. 266Why does He have love?
204जम्मू कश्मीर उसको भी अपना बनाया है लेकिन थोड़ा और जम्मू कश्मीर का नाम मशहूर है , चाहे पाकिस्तान में , चाहे अमेरिका में … सबकी नज़र जम्मू कश्मीर पर है . jammū kaśhmīr uskō bhī apnā banāyā hai lēkin thōṛā aur jammū kaśhmīr kā nām maśhhūr hai , chāhē pākistān mē̃ , chāhē America mē̃ … sabkī nazar jammū kaśhmīr par hai . x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] maśhhūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pākistān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē America mē̃[postp.] … sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x Kashmir that[.kō] too (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but short and x Kashmir of name x be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x in , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) America in … everyone's glance x Kashmir (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] .
267You have made Jammu Kashmir belong to you, but only to a small extent. 268Jammu Kashmir is well known in Pakistan and in America. 269Everyone's vision is on Jammu Kashmir.
205तो वहाँ कोई जलवा निकालो , ऐसे नहीं कि वहाँ की बहिनें करें , आप सहयोग देकर उसमें कुछ ऐसा वन्डरफुल बात करके दिखाओ . tō vahā̃ kōī jalvā nikālō , aisē nahī̃ ki vahā̃ kī|key bahinē̃ karē̃ , āp sahyōg dēkar usmē̃ kuchh aisā wonderful bāt karkē dikhāō . tō vahā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] vahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kuchh aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] wonderful bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then there some sparkle x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , it isn't that that there (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[opt.pl.12hon3] , you cooperation give[abs.] that[.mē̃] anything such wonderful matter do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
270So, show some splendour there. 271Do not think that the sisters of that place should do it. 272You should give some co-operation, and show it by doing something wonderful.
206थोड़ा अटेन्शन दो नाम बाला हो जायेगा . thōṛā attention dō nām bālā hō jāyēgā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . short attention (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) name x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
273Give a little attention and the name will be glorified.
207जिस पर झगड़ा है वहाँ शान्ति का झण्डा फहराओ . jis par jhagaṛā hai vahā̃ śhānti kā jhaṇḍā phahrāō . jō[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jhagaṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vahā̃ śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phahrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (at|other) quarrel[pres-perf.sg.m.23] there peace of flag x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
274The place where there is fighting should now have a flag of peace hoisted there.
208ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
275Is that OK?
209संख्या तो बहुत है , एक निर्विघ्न बनो और दूसरा सेवा में शान्ति का झण्डा लहराओ . saṅkhyā tō bahut hai , ēk nirvighna banō aur dūsrā sēvā mē̃ śhānti kā jhaṇḍā laharāō . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then very be[pres.sg.23] , one free from obstacles become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and other service in peace of flag hoist[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
276It is a large number. 277Firstly, become free from obstacles and secondly, hoist the flag of peace in service.
210सबको दिखाई दे झण्डा कि हाँ अशान्ति के स्थान में शान्ति का झण्डा लहर रहा है . sabkō dikhāī dē jhaṇḍā ki hā̃ aśhānti kē|K sthān mē̃ śhānti kā jhaṇḍā lahar rahā hai . sabkō dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ki[conj.] hā̃ aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . everything be visible flag that yes peacelessness (of|K) place in peace of flag wave remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
278Everyone should be able to see the flag: that "Yes, the flag of peace is flying in the place of peacelessness."
211ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
279Is that OK?
212अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
280Achcha.
213डबल फारेनर्सः अभी डबल विदेशी नहीं अभी डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . double phārēnarsaḥ abhī double vidēśhī nahī̃ abhī double tīvr purūṣhārthī . double x ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ab[adv.hī] double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . double x now double foreigner not now double intense effort-maker .
281Double foreigners: Now, you are not double foreigners, but double intense effort-makers.
214ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
282Is that right?
215डबल है ? double hai ? double hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? double be[pres.sg.23] ?
283Are you double?
216डबल पुरूषार्थी हैं ? double purūṣhārthī haĩ ? double purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? double effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
284Are you double effort-makers?
217अच्छा है , आप सबका नाम भी कि इतने देशों के आते हैं , इतने देशों में सेवाकेन्द्र हैं , यह सुनके भी सभी खुश हो जाते हैं . achchhā hai , āp sabkā nām bhī ki itnē dēśhō̃ kē|K ātē haĩ , itnē dēśhō̃ mē̃ sēvākēndra haĩ , yah sunkē bhī sabhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sunnā[abs.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , you everyone's name too that such land (of|K) come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , such land in centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this listen[abs.] too all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
285It is good. 286Everyone becomes happy when they hear your names and that you come from this many countries or that there are centres in this many countries.
218भले अपने अपने देशों में झण्डा नहीं लहराया है , एक लण्डन में झण्डा है , एक ही लण्डन में झण्डा है और कोई देश में है ? bhalē apnē apnē dēśhō̃ mē̃ jhaṇḍā nahī̃ laharāyā hai , ēk london mē̃ jhaṇḍā hai , ēk hī london mē̃ jhaṇḍā hai aur kōī dēśh mē̃ hai ? bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] laharānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ēk[adj.] London mē̃[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] London mē̃[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kōī[x] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? benefit one’s own one’s own land in flag not hoist[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one x in flag be[pres.sg.23] , one only x in flag be[pres.sg.23] someone else land in be[pres.sg.23] ?
287You may not have hoisted flags in your own countries; in London, they have hoisted the flag. 288There is a flag hoisted just in London. 289Are there flags hoisted in any other countries?
219है हाथ उठाओ . hai hāth uṭhāō . hōnā[pres.sg.23] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres.sg.23] raise your hands .
290If so, raise your hands!
220खुली रीति से झण्डा लगा हुआ है ? khulī rīti sē jhaṇḍā lagā huā hai ? khulnā[past-part.f.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? open up[past-part.f.] way from flag (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
291Do you have a flag hoisted openly?
221कोई एतराज़ नहीं , अच्छा . kōī ētarāz nahī̃ , achchhā . kōī[pn.;d.] x nahī̃[neg] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . some x not , achcha .
292They don't mind it? 293It is good.
222कितने देशों में है ? kitnē dēśhō̃ mē̃ hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? so land in be[pres.sg.23] ?
294In how many countries do you have them?
22310-12 देशों में होगा ? 10-12 dēśhō̃ mē̃ hōgā ? 10-12 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? 10-12 land in be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
295Would there be 10 to 12 countries?
224तो यह भी अच्छा है . tō yah bhī achchhā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
296That is also good.
225लेकिन बापदादा को खुशी है कि कई आत्माओं के दिल में तो झण्डा लहराया है . lēkin bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki kaī ātmāō̃ kē|K dil mē̃ tō jhaṇḍā laharāyā hai . lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kaī ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that some soul (of|K) heart in then flag hoist[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
297BapDada is happy that you have hoisted the flags in the hearts of so many souls.
226तो आपको देखके खुश होते हैं कि यह वर्ल्ड के सेवाधारी हैं , सिर्फ भारत के सेवाधारी नहीं , विश्व के सेवाधारी हैं . tō āpkō dēkhkē khuśh hōtē haĩ ki yah world kē|K sēvādhārī haĩ , sirph bhārat kē|K sēvādhārī nahī̃ , viśhva kē|K sēvādhārī haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] world kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sirph[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then you[.kō] see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this world (of|K) server be[pres.pl.12hon3] , only Bharat (of|K) server not , world (of|K) server be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
298So, seeing you, Baba is pleased that you are world servers, not just servers of Bharat, but world servers.
227जो टाइटल है ना विश्व सेवाधारी . jō title hai nā viśhva sēvādhārī . jō[pn.;d.] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that title be[pres.sg.23] ∅ world server . 228तो सिर्फ भारत नहीं लेकिन विश्व के कोने कोने में है और अभी तो अच्छी सेवा बढ़ा रहे हैं ना . tō sirph bhārat nahī̃ lēkin viśhva kē|K kōnē kōnē mē̃ hai aur abhī tō achchhī sēvā baṛhā rahē haĩ nā . tō sirph[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ab[adv.hī] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . then only Bharat not but world (of|K) corner corner in be[pres.sg.23] and now then achcha service increase[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .
299You have the title of world servers, so you are not just of Bharat, but you are in every corner of the world and you are now increasing service very well.
229मुस्लिम देशों में भी सेवा अच्छस है . muslim dēśhō̃ mē̃ bhī sēvā acchas hai . muslim[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x land in too service x be[pres.sg.23] .
300Very good service is taking place in the Muslim countries too.
230बापदादा ने समाचार सुना है अच्छा है . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā hai achchhā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ news listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
301BapDada has heard the news; it is good.
231कराची का भी प्लैन बनाया है , अच्छा है . karāchī kā bhī plan banāyā hai , achchhā hai . karāchī kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Karachi of too plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
302You have also made plans for Karachi; that is good.
232जो होगा ड्रामा अच्छे ते अच्छा होगा . jō hōgā drama achchhē tē achchhā hōgā . jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] drama achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that be[fut.m.sg.23] drama achcha from achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] .
303Whatever happens in the drama it will be the best of all.
233जो नये नये शहरों में जो बच्चे रहे हुए हैं वहाँ अभी सेवा के उमंग उत्साह में है और सबसे हिम्मत वाली आपकी एक बच्ची है , वह हिम्मत वाली है . jō nayē nayē śhaharō̃ mē̃ jō bachchē rahē huē haĩ vahā̃ abhī sēvā kē|K umaṅg utsāh mē̃ hai aur sabsē himmat vālī āpkī ēk bachchī hai , vah himmat vālī hai . jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vahā̃ ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sabsē himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āp[pn.pl.kī] ēk[adj.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that new new city in that child (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] there now service (of|K) zeal enthusiasm in be[pres.sg.23] and the most courage those who you[.kī] one girl be[pres.sg.23] , that courage those who be[pres.sg.23] .
304In the new cities where the children are staying, they have very good zeal and enthusiasm for service, and there is one daughter who has the most courage of all. 305She has courage.
234बापदादा उनको रोज़ अमृतवेले वरदान देता है और बच्ची भी एक्यूरेट है . bāpdādā unkō rōz amr̥itvēlē vardān dētā hai aur bachchī bhī accurate hai . bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.kō] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] accurate hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada that[.kō] day amrit vela blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] and girl too accurate be[pres.sg.23] .
306Every day at amrit vela, BapDada gives her blessings and the child is accurate.
235क्या नाम है ? kyā nām hai ? kyā nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what name be[pres.sg.23] ?
307What is her name?
236 ( वजीहा ) ऐसा काम करके दिखाओ , हिम्मत वाली है , डरती नहीं है . ( vajīhā ) aisā kām karkē dikhāō , himmat vālī hai , ḍartī nahī̃ hai . ( x[n.f.;sg.] ) aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ḍarnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x ) such (lust|task) do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , courage those who be[pres.sg.23] , have fear[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
308(Wajeeha). 309Show it by doing something; she has courage; she isn't afraid.
237और देखो अपने घर वालों को भी युक्ति से ठीक किया , होशियार है और नैरोबी वालों ने भी बहुत अच्छा पुरूषार्थ किया . aur dēkhō apnē ghar vālō̃ kō bhī yukti sē ṭhīk kiyā , hōśhiyār hai aur nairōbī vālō̃ nē bhī bahut achchhā purūṣhārth kiyā . aur dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own home those who to too way from OK do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , clever be[pres.sg.23] and x those who ∅ too very achcha effort do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
310And she has looked after her family members tactfully. 311She is clever. 312Those from Nairobi too have made very good effort.
238उन्हों की विशेषता , नैरोबी के साइड की विशेषता यह है कि बहनें कम हो जाती हैं तो जो स्टूडेन्ट निकले हैं वह सेन्टर सम्भालते हैं यह भी विशेषता है . unhō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā , nairōbī kē|K side kī|key viśhēṣhtā yah hai ki bahanē̃ kam hō jātī haĩ tō jō student nikalē haĩ vah centre sambhāltē haĩ yah bhī viśhēṣhtā hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] , x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K side karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kam hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] tō jō[pn.;d.] student nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] centre sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality , x (of|K) side (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that x decrease then that student be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that centre be careful[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this too speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
313The speciality of those from Nairobi is that because there are few sisters, the students that emerge look after the centres there; this is also a speciality.
239तो सबकी विशेषता इकट्ठी करके हर एक अपने अपने स्थान को विशेष बनाओ . tō sabkī viśhēṣhtā ikaṭṭhī karkē har ēk apnē apnē sthān kō viśhēṣh banāō . tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[abs.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then everyone's speciality together do[abs.] each one one’s own one’s own place to special create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
314So, putting everyone's specialities together, each of you should make your own place special.
240बाकी अच्छा है डबल पुरूषार्थीअच्छा पुरूषार्थ करके बढ़ रहे हैं लेकिन बाबा चार्ट देखेगा . bākī achchhā hai double purūṣārthīacchā purūṣhārth karkē baṛh rahē haĩ lēkin bābā chart dēkhēgā . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] double x puruṣhārth karnā[abs.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin bābā chart dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (but|others) achcha be[pres.sg.23] double x effort do[abs.] grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but Baba chart see[fut.m.sg.23] .
315It is good that the double effort-makers are making good effort and are moving forward, but Baba will still look at your chart.
241जो कहा है ना समाचार , वह चार्ट देखेगा सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता का . jō kahā hai nā samāchār , vah chart dēkhēgā sampūrṇ pavitratā kā . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] chart dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . that say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ news , that chart see[fut.m.sg.23] complete purity of .
316BapDada has told you the news. 317He will look at the chart of complete purity.
242अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
318It is good.
243लक्ष्य सबका बहुत अच्छा है लेकिन बीच में अलबेलेपन की माया बहुत आती है . lakṣhya sabkā bahut achchhā hai lēkin bīch mē̃ albēlēpan kī|key māyā bahut ātī hai . lakṣhya[adj.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bīch mē̃[postp.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key māyā[n.f.;sg.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . aim everyone's very achcha be[pres.sg.23] but centre in carelessness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Maya very come[pres.sg.f.23] .
319Everyone's aim is very good, but the Maya of carelessness interferes a lot in between.
244अभी उसकी विदाई करना . abhī uskī vidāī karnā . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.kī] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now that[.kī] farewell do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
320Now, bid her farewell.
245अलबेलेपन की विदाई और फुलस्टाप का आह््वान . albēlēpan kī|key vidāī aur fullstop kā āhvān . albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur full stop kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x . carelessness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) farewell and full stop of x .
321Bid farewell to carelessness and invoke a full-stop.
246ठीक है ना , करेंगे ना . ṭhīk hai nā , karē̃gē nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
322Is that OK? 323You will do that, will you not?
247अलबेलापन नहीं दिखाना . albēlāpan nahī̃ dikhānā . albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . carelessness not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
324Do not show carelessness.
248बापदादा ने अलबेलेपन के बहुत खेल देख लिये हैं . bāpdādā nē albēlēpan kē|K bahut khēl dēkh liyē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . BapDada ∅ carelessness (of|K) very (play|play[root]) see[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
325BapDada has already seen many games of carelessness.
249अभी सेकण्ड में फुलस्टाप का खेल दिखाना . abhī second mē̃ fullstop kā khēl dikhānā . ab[adv.hī] second mē̃[postp.] full stop kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now second in full stop of (play|play[root]) x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
326Now, show the game of a full stop in a second.
250सबसे जो हिसाब में भी देखो , सबसे सहज फुलस्टाप है . sabsē jō hisāb mē̃ bhī dēkhō , sabsē sahaj fullstop hai . sabsē jō[pn.;d.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sabsē sahaj[adj.] full stop hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the most that account in too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the most easy full stop be[pres.sg.23] .
327In terms of accounting, the easiest of all is a full-stop.
251पेन्सिल रखो फुलस्टाप आ गया . pencil rakhō fullstop ā gayā . pencil rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] full stop ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . pencil keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] full stop come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
328Just put your pencil there and a full-stop is applied.
252अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
329Achcha.
253डबल विदेशी सदा टर्न लेते रहते हैं यह बहुत अच्छा है , लेते रहना . double vidēśhī sadā turn lētē rahtē haĩ yah bahut achchhā hai , lētē rahnā . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā tum lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . double foreigner constantly you take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
330The double foreigners always claim their turn and that is very good; continue to claim your turn.
254अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
331Achcha.
255दिल वाले , कैड ग्रुपः अच्छा नया कोई प्लैन बनाया है ? dil vālē , CAD group achchhā nayā kōī plan banāyā hai ? dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , CAD group achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? heart those who , CAD group achcha new some plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
332CAD group: Achcha, have you made some new plan?
256 ( गुप्ता जी से ) अच्छा , कार्य तो चल रहा है . ( guptā jī sē ) achchhā , kārya tō chal rahā hai . ( guptā jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . ( x (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) from ) achcha , task then continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
333(Speaking to Dr. 334Gupta). 335Achcha, everything is moving along fine.
257अभी कोशिश कर रहे हो , गवर्मेन्ट द्वारा आफीशल सबको यह मालूम पड़े कि बिना खर्चे के हार्ट ठीक हो सकती है . abhī kōśhiśh kar rahē hō , government dvārā official sabkō yah mālūm paṛē ki binā kharchē kē|K heart ṭhīk hō saktī hai . ab[adv.hī] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , government dvārā official sabkō yah[pn.sg.d.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] binā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K heart ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . now try do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , government through official everything this x (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) that without expenditure (of|K) x OK be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
336You are now trying to make it known to everyone through the Government that the heart can be looked after well without any expense.
258पहले सब देखते हैं एक क्वेश्चन पूछते हैं , बापदादा से भी एक क्वेश्चन पूछा है , बतायें . pahlē sab dēkhtē haĩ ēk question pūchhtē haĩ , bāpdādā sē bhī ēk question pūchhā hai , batāyē̃ . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] question pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] question pūchhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (firstly|x) all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one question ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada from too one question ask[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tell[opt.pl.12hon3] .
337First of all everyone sees everything and they ask questions. 338People have even asked BapDada a question. 339Should Baba tell you?
259कहते हैं कि ब्राह्मण बच्चों की हार्ट क्यों ठीक नहीं करते , वह क्यों वहाँ जाते ? kahtē haĩ ki brāhmaṇ bachchō̃ kī|key heart kyō̃ ṭhīk nahī̃ kartē , vah kyō̃ vahā̃ jātē ? kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key heart kyō̃ ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ vahā̃ jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Brahmin child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x why OK not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , that why there go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
340Why does he not put right the hearts of the Brahmin children? 341Why does he go there?
260उन्हों की भी ट्रायल करो ना , यह है उन्हों की भी गलती है क्योंकि नियमों पर नहीं चलते , जो परहेज बताई जाती है दूसरे परहेज पूरी करते हैं और ब्राह्मण जो हैं वह अपना घर समझके परहेज कम करते हैं लेकिन ब्राह्मणों में भी ऐसा कोई विशेष एक्जैम्पुल बनाओ जो ब्राह्मण भी समझें कि हम भी कर सकते हैं . unhō̃ kī|key bhī trial karō nā , yah hai unhō̃ kī|key bhī galtī hai kyōṅki niyamō̃ par nahī̃ chaltē , jō parhēj batāī jātī hai dūsrē parhēj pūrī kartē haĩ aur brāhmaṇ jō haĩ vah apnā ghar samajhkē parhēj cum|kam kartē haĩ lēkin brāhmaṇō̃ mē̃ bhī aisā kōī viśhēṣh example banāō jō brāhmaṇ bhī samajhē̃ ki ham bhī kar saktē haĩ . vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] galnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyōṅki niyam[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , jō[pn.;d.] parhēj[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|batānā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parhēj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[abs.] parhēj[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] example banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ , this be[pres.sg.23] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x[pres.sg.f.23] because law (at|other) not continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , that precautions (tell[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|tell[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) other precautions (full|puri) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Brahmin that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (one’s own|adopt[root]) home understand[abs.] precautions (x|less) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but Brahmin in too such some special example create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Brahmin too understand[opt.pl.12hon3] that we too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
342Carry out a trial on them first. 343This is their mistake because they don't follow the disciplines. 344Whatever precautions others are asked to take, they observe them fully, whereas Brahmins think that because this is their home they don't observe the precautions as much. 345However, create such examples, even among non-Brahmins, so that the Brahmins think that they too can do this.
261बाकी काम अच्छा है , आवाज पहुंचा है लेकिन आवाज थोड़ा बड़ा करो तो चारों ओर फैले . bākī kām achchhā hai , āvāj pahuñchā hai lēkin āvāj thōṛā baṛā karō tō chārō̃ ōr phailē . bākī|bākī kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin āvāz[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[opt.sg.23]|phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (but|others) (lust|task) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , noise reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but noise short very do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then everywhere (spread[opt.sg.23]|spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
346The work is good. 347The sound has reached them, but now let the sound become a little louder and let it spread.
262शुभ भावना शुभ कामना भी कार्य कर रही है . śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā bhī kārya kar rahī hai . śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] bhī[p.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . pure feeling good wishes too task do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
348The good wishes and pure feelings are also enabling the task to be carried out.
263हर एक वर्ग को , आगे से आगे जाना है . har ēk varg kō , āgē sē āgē jānā hai . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , āgē sē[postp.] āgē jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . each one profession to , previously from previously (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
349Each wing has to go ahead of everyone.
264अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
350It is good.
265और आगे बढ़ो और बढ़ाते चलो . aur āgē baṛhō aur baṛhātē chalō . aur āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
351Move forward even more and continue to make others move forward too.
266अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
352Achcha.
267चारों ओर के महान पवित्र आत्माओं को बापदादा का विशेष दिल की दुआयें , दिल का प्यार और दिल में समाने की मुबारक हो . chārō̃ ōr kē|K mahān pavitra ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh dil kī|key duāyē̃ , dil kā pyār aur dil mē̃ samānē kī|key mubārak hō . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahān, mahā[adj.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . everywhere (of|K) great pure soul to BapDada of special heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing , heart of love and heart in merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
353Special blessings from the heart of BapDada to the greatly pure souls from everywhere; love from the heart and also congratulations for being merged in the heart.
268बापदादा जानते हैं कि जब भी पधरामनी होती है तो ईमेल या पत्र भिन्न-भिन्न साधनों से चारों ओर के बच्चे यादप्यार भेजते हैं और बापदादा को सुनाने के पहले कोई देवे , उसके पहले ही सबके यादप्यार पहुंच जाते हैं क्योंकि ऐसे जो सिकीलधे याद करने वाले बच्चे हैं उनका कनेक्शन बहुत फास्ट पहुंचता है , आप लोग तीन चार दिन के बाद सम्मुख मिलते हो लेकिन उन्हों का यादप्यार जो सच्चे पात्र आत्मायें हैं उनका उसी घड़ी बापदादा के पास यादप्यार पहुंच जाता है . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki jab bhī padhrāmanī hōtī hai tō email yā patra bhinn-bhinn sādhanō̃ sē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē yādpyār bhējtē haĩ aur bāpdādā kō sunānē kē|K pahlē kōī dēvē , uskē pahlē hī sabkē yādpyār pahuñch jātē haĩ kyōṅki aisē jō sikīladhē yād karnē vālē bachchē haĩ unkā connection bahut fast pahuñchtā hai , āp lōg tīn chār din kē bād sammukh miltē hō lēkin unhō̃ kā yādpyār jō sachchē pātr ātmāyē̃ haĩ unkā usī ghaṛī bāpdādā kē pās yādpyār pahuñch jātā hai . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jab bhī[p.] padhrāmaṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō email yā patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhinn[adj.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] kyōṅki aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] sikīladhē[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] connection bahut fast pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] sammukh milnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] vah[pn.sg.hī] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that when too x be[pres.sg.f.23] then e-mail or x different facilities from everywhere (of|K) child love, remembrance x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and BapDada to speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (firstly|x) some give[opt.sg.23] , of that[.kē] (firstly|x) only everyone's love, remembrance reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] because such that beloved, long-lost and now-found remembrance do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] connection very fast reach[pres.sg.m.23] , you people x four day after in front of you receive[pres.pl.m.2] but that of love, remembrance that true worthy of receiving soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] that[.hī] moment BapDada to love, remembrance reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
354BapDada knows that whenever He is to come, all the children from everywhere send love and remembrance through e-mails, letters and many other facilities. 355Before anyone gives BapDada those messages, everyone's love and remembrance reaches BapDada because the connection of the long-lost and now-found children who remember Baba reaches Baba very fast. 356You meet Baba personally after three to four days, but the love and remembrance of the truly worthy souls reaches BapDada at that very moment.
269तो जिन्होंने भी दिल में भी याद किया , साधन नहीं मिला , उन्हों का भी यादप्यार पहुंचा है , और बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को पदम पदम पदम गुणा यादप्यार का रेसपान्ड दे रहे हैं . tō jinhōnnē bhī dil mē̃ bhī yād kiyā , sādhan nahī̃ milā , unhō̃ kā bhī yādpyār pahuñchā hai , aur bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō padam padam padam guṇā yādpyār kā respond dē rahē haĩ . tō jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aur bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] respond dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then that[.nē] too heart in too remember , facilities not (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , that of too love, remembrance reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , and BapDada each one child to multimillion multimillion multimillion fold love, remembrance of response give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
357Those who remembered Baba in their heart, those who didn't find the facilities, their love and remembrance also reached Baba. 358And BapDada is responding to each child with multi-multi-multi millionfold love and remembrance.
270बाकी चारों ओर अभी दो शब्द की लात-तात लगाओ - एक सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता , सारे ब्राह्मण परिवार में फैलानी है . bākī chārō̃ ōr abhī dō śhabda kī|key lāt-tāt lagāō - ēk sampūrṇ pavitratā , sārē brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ phailānī hai . bākī|bākī chārō̃ ōr[x] ab[adv.hī] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ēk[adj.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phailānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (but|others) everywhere now (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - one complete purity , the whole Brahmin family in spread[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
359Now, let there be just the one concern everywhere: Complete purity has to be spread in the whole Brahmin family.
271जो कमज़ोर हैं उसको सहयोग देके भी बनाओ . jō kamzōr haĩ uskō sahyōg dēkē bhī banāō . jō[pn.;d.] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] bhī[p.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that weak be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] cooperation give[abs.] too create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
360Give co-operation to those who are weak and make them pure.
272यह बड़ा पुण्य है . yah baṛā puṇya hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this very charity be[pres.sg.23] .
361This is great charity.
273छोड़ नहीं दो , यह तो है ही ऐसा , यह तो बदलना ही नहीं है , यह श्राप नहीं दे दो , पुण्य का काम करो . chhōṛ nahī̃ dō , yah tō hai hī aisā , yah tō badalnā hī nahī̃ hai , yah śhrāp nahī̃ dē dō , puṇya kā kām karō . chhōṛnā[root] nahī̃[neg] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhrāp[x] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . renounce[root] not (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , this then be[pres.sg.23] only such , this then change[inf.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] , this curse not give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , charity of (lust|task) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
362Do not leave them alone and think, "They are like that anyway; they are never going to change." 363Do not curse them in that way. 364Perform an act of charity.
274बदलके दिखायेंगे , बदलना ही है . badalkē dikhāyēṅgē , badalnā hī hai . badalnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . change[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , change[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
365We will show this by changing. 366We definitely have to change.
275उनकी उम्मीदें बढ़ाओ , गिरे हुए को गिराओ नहीं , सहारा दो , शक्ति दो . unkī ummīdē̃ baṛhāō , girē huē kō girāō nahī̃ , sahārā dō , śhakti dō . vah[pn.pl.kī] ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , girnā[opt.sg.23]|girnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] girānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] , sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kī] x increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (fall down[opt.sg.23]|fall down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , support (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , Shakti (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
367Increase their hopes. 368Do not make those who have fallen fall even further down. 369Give them support, give them power.
276तो चारों ओर खुशनसीब खुशमिजाज , खुशी बांटने वाले बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत यादप्यार और नमस्ते . tō chārō̃ ōr khuśhnasīb khuśhamijāj , khuśhī bāṇṭnē vālē bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut yādpyār aur namastē . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] khuśhnasīb[adj.] khuśhmizāj[adj.] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . then everywhere having the fortune of happiness x , happiness distribute[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to very love, remembrance and x .
370To all the fortunate children who are happy and who distribute happiness, lots and lots of love, remembrance and namaste.
277दादियों सेः ( दादियों की सेवा साथी बहनें ब्राह्मणियों से बापदादा मिल रहे हैं ) ः आप सब भी राज़युक्त हो ना ! dādiyō̃ sēḥ ( dādiyō̃ kī|key sēvā sāthī bahanē̃ brāhmaṇiyō̃ sē bāpdādā mil rahē haĩ ) ḥ āp sab bhī rāzyukt hō nā ! dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] x ( dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] brāhmaṇī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) x āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] rāzyukt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! Dadi x ( Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service companion x Brahmin from BapDada receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) x you all too raazyukt (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
371Speaking to Dadis: (Speaking to the sisters who look after the Dadis): All of you are knowers of the secrets, are you not?
278आप जो निमित्त हो तो आप भी ऐसा अपना रूप बनाओ स्थिति बनाओ जो सब समझें कि दादी के तरफ से इन्हों से भी कुछ मिला . āp jō nimitt hō tō āp bhī aisā apnā rūp banāō sthiti banāō jō sab samajhē̃ ki dādī kē|K taraph sē inhō̃ sē bhī kuchh milā . āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] kuchh milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] . you that instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then you too such (one’s own|adopt[root]) Rup create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] stage create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all understand[opt.pl.12hon3] that Dadi (of|K) direction from this from too anything (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .
372All of you who are instruments, let your form be such; create such a stage, that others feel that they have received something from you too on behalf of the Dadis.
279सिर्फ प्रोग्राम मिला नहीं लेकिन इन्हों से भी कुछ मिला आप दृष्टि से तो दे सकते चेहरे से भी दे सकते हैं . sirph programme milā nahī̃ lēkin inhō̃ sē bhī kuchh milā āp dr̥iṣhṭi sē tō dē saktē chēhrē sē bhī dē saktē haĩ . sirph[adj.] programme milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] nahī̃[neg] lēkin yah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] kuchh milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] āp[pn.pl.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tō dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . only programme (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) not but this from too anything (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) you drishti from then (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] face from too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
373They should feel that they didn't just get the programme from you, but that they received something special from you too. 374You can give something through your drishti; you can give through your face.
280चेहरे और चलन से सेवा में नम्बरवन . chēhrē aur chalan sē sēvā mē̃ number one . chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one . face and behaviour from service in number one .
375Be number one in serving through your face and your behaviour.
281हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
376Is this possible?
282सभी को बापदादा विशेष प्यार करता है . sabhī kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh pyār kartā hai . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all to BapDada special love do[pres.sg.m.23] .
377BapDada has special love for all of you.
283 ( यह तीनों हाथ नहीं उठाती हैं ) बाबा जब कहता है तो हाथ उठाना चाहिए इससे याद रहता है . ( yah tīnō̃ hāth nahī̃ uṭhātī haĩ ) bābā jab kahtā hai tō hāth uṭhānā chāhiē issē yād rahtā hai . ( yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ) bābā jab kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō hāth uṭhānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hāth uṭhānā[.oblig3] yah[pn.sg.sē] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( this all three hand not uplift[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ) Baba when say[pres.sg.m.23] then (raise your hands) this[.sē] remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
378(These three never raise their hands when BapDada asks anything.) 379When BapDada asks, you should raise your hands because you will then remember that.
284आज आप चार ही लाडले हो इनकी भी ( मोहिनी बहन मुन्नी बहन की ) ब्राह्मणियां कहाँ हैं उनको भी बुलाओ . āj āp chār hī lāḍlē hō inkī bhī ( mōhinī bahan Munnī bahan kī|key ) brāhmaṇiyā̃ kahā̃ haĩ unkō bhī bulāō . āj āp[pn.pl.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yah[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ) brāhmaṇī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . today you four only x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) this[.kī] too ( x x x x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ) Brahmin where be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] too call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
380Today, you four are specially loved. 381Their Brahminis (Mohiniben and Munniben's), call them too: where are they?
285देखो आप सबको ड्युटी बहुत अच्छी मिली हुई है सभी से परिचित हो जाती हो . dēkhō āp sabkō duty bahut achchhī milī huī hai sabhī sē parichit hō jātī hō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō duty bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] sab[adv.hī] sē parichit[x] hōnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you everything duty very achcha receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] all x be[pres.pl.f.2.root+jānā] .
382Look, all of you have received a very good duty. 383You come to know everyone.
286कोई भी सभी से परिचित नहीं होता है लेकिन आप लोगों की ड्युटी ऐसी है जो सारे ब्राह्मण परिवार से परिचित हो जाती हो . kōī bhī sabhī sē parichit nahī̃ hōtā hai lēkin āp lōgō̃ kī|key duty aisī hai jō sārē brāhmaṇ parivār sē parichit hō jātī hō . kōī bhī[x] sab[adv.hī] sē parichit[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duty aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē parichit[x] hōnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+jānā] . anyone all x not be[pres.sg.m.23] but you people (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) duty such be[pres.sg.23] that the whole Brahmin family x be[pres.pl.f.2.root+jānā] .
384No one knows everyone, but you have received such a duty that you come to know the whole Brahmin family.
287कोई भी नाम लेगा नीलू हंसा प्रवीणा लीला रूकमणि … तो कहेंगे हाँ जानते हैं नाम . kōī bhī nām lēgā nīlū haṅsā|hansā pravīṇā līlā Rūkmaṇi … tō kahē̃gē hā̃ jāntē haĩ nām . kōī bhī[x] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] x[n.f.;sg.] haṅsānā[root]|hãsnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x līlā[n.f.;sg.] x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] … tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hā̃ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] . anyone name take[fut.m.sg.23] x (make laugh[root]|laugh out[past-part.m.sg.d.]) x game x … then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yes know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] name .
385If anyone mentions your names - Neelu, Hansa, Praveena, Leela, Rukmani - they say that they know you.
288तो आप लोग एक सैम्पुल हो तो सैम्पुल देखकर सौदा होता है . tō āp lōg ēk sample hō tō sample dēkhkar saudā hōtā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] sample hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō sample dēkhnā[abs.] saudā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then you people one sample (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then sample see[abs.] deal be[pres.sg.m.23] .
386So all of you are samples and a deal is made after seeing a sample.
289तो जो भी निमित्त हो सभी समझो हम एक्जैम्पुल है . tō jō bhī nimitt hō sabhī samjhō ham example hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] example hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then that too instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we example be[pres.sg.23] .
387So, all of you who are instruments, you should all think that you are examples.
290दादियों की एक्जैम्पुल . dādiyō̃ kī|key example . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key example . Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) example .
388You are examples of the Dadis.
291कहेंगी यह भी ऐसी है जैसे मोहजीत की कहानी सुनी है ना कहते हैं गेट वाला भी मोहजीत तो अन्दर क्या होगा . kahē̃gī yah bhī aisī hai jaisē mōhjīt kī|key kahānī sunī hai nā kahtē haĩ get|gate vālā bhī mōhjīt tō andar kyā hōgā . kahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mōhjīt[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] get|gate vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mōhjīt[adj.] tō andar kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . say[fut.f.pl.12hon3] this too such be[pres.sg.23] like conqueror of attachment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (get|gate) those who too conqueror of attachment then inside what be[fut.m.sg.23] .
389It would be said to be like the story of King Mohjeet (king who conquered attachment) that you would have heard. 390Even the guardsmen at the gate were conquerors of attachment, and so what would the people inside be?
292तो आप निमित्त हो ना यह भी एक वरदान है यह ड्युटी मिलना यह भी एक वरदान है कितने नजदीक हो . tō āp nimitt hō nā yah bhī ēk vardān hai yah duty milnā yah bhī ēk vardān hai kitnē najdīk hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] duty milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ this too one blessing be[pres.sg.23] this duty receive[inf.m.sg.d.] this too one blessing be[pres.sg.23] so x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
391So you are instruments. 392This too is a blessing. 393To receive this duty is also a blessing; you are so close.
293तो नजदीक का फायदा तो उठाना चाहिए . tō najdīk kā phāydā tō uṭhānā chāhiē . tō nazdīk kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō uṭhānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|uṭhānā[.oblig3] . then x of profit then (uplift[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|uplift[.oblig3]) .
394So, you should take benefit of being close.
294तो अच्छा है . tō achchhā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
395It is good.
295बापदादा को खुशी है आप लोगों को देखके . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai āp lōgō̃ kō dēkhkē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] you people to see[abs.] .
396BapDada is pleased to see all of you.
296आप सब ठीक हो सिर्फ थोड़ा और दादियों का गुण धारण करते जाओ . āp sab ṭhīk hō sirph thōṛā aur dādiyō̃ kā guṇ dhāraṇ kartē jāō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sirph[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . you all OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only short and Dadi of virtue adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
397All of you are fine, but now simply continue to imbibe the virtues of the Dadis a little more.
297अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
398Achcha.
298परदादी से : आपकी शक्ल तो सेवा करती है . pardādī sē : āpkī śhakla tō sēvā kartī hai . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : you[.kī] face then service do[pres.sg.f.23] .
399Speaking to Dadi Nirmal Shanta (Par Dadi): Your face does service.
299आपको देख करके ब्रह्मा बाप बहुत याद आता सबको . āpkō dēkh karkē brahmā bāp bahut yād ātā sabkō . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] sabkō . you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] Brahma father very remembrance come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] everything . 300क्योंकि फॉलो किया है और बच्चों में यह भासना नहीं आयेगी लेकिन आपने फॉलो किया है . kyōṅki follow kiyā hai aur bachchō̃ mē̃ yah bhāsnā nahī̃ āyēgī lēkin āpnē follow kiyā hai . kyōṅki follow karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.nē] follow karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because follow do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and child in this x[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[fut.f.sg.23] but you[.nē] follow do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
400Everyone remembers Father Brahma a lot when they see you because you have followed him. 401They will not have this feeling from the other children, but you have followed him.
301फिर भी मधुबन निवासी तो हो गई . phir bhī madhuban nivāsī tō hō gaī . phir bhī[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . nevertheless Madhuban resident then be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
402Nevertheless, you have now become a resident of Madhuban.
302मधुबन निवासी . madhuban nivāsī . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Madhuban resident . 303बहुत अच्छा सम्भाल भी अच्छी कर रही हैं . bahut achchhā sambhāl bhī achchhī kar rahī haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . very achcha (be careful[root]|x) too achcha do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
403You are a Madhuban resident. (speaking to the sisters looking after Par Dadi): Very good. 404You are looking after her well.
304इन्हों को भी सर्टीफिकेट है अच्छा प्यार से कर रही हैं . inhō̃ kō bhī certificate hai achchhā pyār sē kar rahī haĩ . yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] certificate hōnā[pres.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . this to too certificate be[pres.sg.23] achcha love from do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
405You also have a certificate. 406You are doing everything with love.
305शान्तामणि दादी सेः ( आंख का आपरेशन कराया है ) यह तो ठीक हो जायेगी . śāntāmaṇi dādī sēḥ ( āṅkh kā operation karāyā hai ) yah tō ṭhīk hō jāyēgī . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x ( āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] operation karānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . x Dadi x ( eye of operation make commit[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) this then OK be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . 306लेकिन हिम्मत है . lēkin himmat hai . lēkin himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but courage be[pres.sg.23] .
407Speaking to Dadi Shantamani: (Dadi had an eye operation). 408You will be fine; you have courage.
307आप सबकी हिम्मत को देखकर औरों में भी हिम्मत आती है क्योंकि बीज फाउण्डेशन बहुत अच्छा है फीलिंग में नहीं आते . āp sabkī himmat kō dēkhkar aurō̃ mē̃ bhī himmat ātī hai kyōṅki bīj foundation bahut achchhā hai feeling mē̃ nahī̃ ātē . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] aurō̃ mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] kyōṅki bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] foundation bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] feeling mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . you everyone's courage to see[abs.] others in too courage come[pres.sg.f.23] because seed foundation very achcha be[pres.sg.23] feeling in not come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
409Seeing the courage all of you have, others receive courage because the seed, the foundation, is very good. 410You don't come into feeling.
308बीमारी की फीलिंग नहीं है . bīmārī kī|key feeling nahī̃ hai . bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key feeling nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . illness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling not be[pres.sg.23] .
411You don't have the feeling of having an illness.
309अपनी मस्ती में रहते . apnī mastī mē̃ rahtē . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mastī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . one’s own x in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
412You stay in your own intoxication.
310पढ़ाई पर अटेन्शन है . paṛhāī par attention hai . paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (teach[past-part.f.]|study) (at|other) attention be[pres.sg.23] . 311सेवा पर अटेन्शन है . sēvā par attention hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service (at|other) attention be[pres.sg.23] .
413You pay attention to the study and to service.
312उसकी दुआयें मिल रही हैं . uskī duāyē̃ mil rahī haĩ . vah[pn.sg.kī] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . that[.kī] blessing receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
414You are receiving blessings for that.
313डाक्टर्स भी बहुत खुश होते हैं क्योंकि चिल्लाते नहीं है ना हाय हाय नहीं करते . doctors bhī bahut khuśh hōtē haĩ kyōṅki chillātē nahī̃ hai nā hāy hāy nahī̃ kartē . doctor bhī[p.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki chillānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā hāy hāy nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . doctor too very happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because cry[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ Hai! Hai! not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
415The doctors are also very pleased because you don't cry out. 416You don't cry out in distress.
314निर्वेरभाई ने हैदराबाद एकडेमी में चल रहे निर्माण कार्य के बारे में बापदादा को सुनायाःजो कार्य रहा हुआ है उसमें यह जो भी आन्ध्रप्रदेश के हैं उसकी टीचर्स को भी इकठ्ठा करो क्योंकि धन जायेगा ना तो मन भी जायेगा सभी सहयोग देवें कुछ कम हुआ तो यज्ञ तो है ही लेकिन अगर उनका धन नहीं पड़ता है तो मन भी नहीं जाता . nirvērabhāī nē haidarābād ēkaḍēmī mē̃ chal rahē nirmāṇ kārya kē bārē mē̃ bāpdādā kō sunāyāḥjō kārya rahā huā hai usmē̃ yah jō bhī āndhrapradēś kē|K haĩ uskī teachers kō bhī ikaṭhṭhā karō kyōṅki dhan jāyēgā nā tō man bhī jāyēgā sabhī sahyōg dēvē̃ kuchh kam huā tō yagya tō hai hī lēkin agar unkā dhan nahī̃ paṛtā hai tō man bhī nahī̃ jātā . x nē[postp.] haidarābād[n.m.;sg.,d.] x mē̃[postp.] chalnā[root] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bārē mē̃[x] bāpdādā kō[postp.] x kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kuchh kam hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin agar vah[pn.pl.kā] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x ∅ Hyderabad x in continue[root] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) creation task x BapDada to x task (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] this that too x (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] teacher to too together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because wealth go[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ then mind too go[fut.m.sg.23] all cooperation give[opt.pl.12hon3] anything decrease then sacrificial fire then be[pres.sg.23] only but if that[.kā] wealth not fall[pres.sg.m.23] then mind too not go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
417Nirwairbhai told BapDada about the construction work being carried out at the Hyderabad Academy:For the work that still remains, also gather the teachers of Andhra Pradesh because if their money is used for this place, then their mind will also be drawn there. 418Everyone should give their co-operation. 419If there is a shortfall, then the yagya is there anyway, but if their money is not used for this, then their mind is not pulled to it.
315इसलिए उन्हों का संगठन इकठ्ठा करो और हर एक को उमंग दिलाओ . isliē unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan ikaṭhṭhā karō aur har ēk kō umaṅg dilāō . isliē vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur har ēk[x] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore that of gathering together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and each one to zeal x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
420Therefore, get their gathering together and give enthusiasm to each one.
316बाकी रहा हुआ कार्य समाप्त करना है उसमें जो अंगुली दे वह अवश्य दे . bākī rahā huā kārya samāpt karnā hai usmē̃ jō aṅgulī dē vah avaśhya dē . bākī|bākī rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] avaśhya dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] . (but|others) (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] task x that[.mē̃] that finger (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) that x (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) .
421The task that still remains has to be accomplished and whoever can give a finger should definitely do that.
317तो सबको इकठ्ठा करो आन्ध्रप्रदेश थोड़ा आगे आये . tō sabkō ikaṭhṭhā karō āndhrapradēś thōṛā āgē āyē . tō sabkō ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . then everything together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x short previously (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
422Gather everyone together. 423Andhra Pradesh should come forward a little.
318अच्छा है अभी तो टर्न आयेगा ना आन्ध्र प्रदेश का . achchhā hai abhī tō turn āyēgā nā āndhra pradēśh kā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] tō tum ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] now then you come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ Andhra x of .
424It is good. 425The turn of Andhra Pradesh to serve is soon to come.
319उसमें भी आप विशेष आन्ध्रप्रदेश का संगठन करो और हर मास में या 6 मास में कोई न कोई जाये या कोई मीटिंग बुलाओ तो जब सब ज़ोन मिल रहे हैं तो यह भी मिलें ना तो वह अच्छा हो जाये . usmē̃ bhī āp viśhēṣh āndhrapradēś kā saṅgaṭhan karō aur har|her mās mē̃ yā 6 mās mē̃ kōī na kōī jāyē yā kōī meeting bulāō tō jab sab zone mil rahē haĩ tō yah bhī milē̃ nā tō vah achchhā hō jāyē . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yā kōī[pn.;d.] meeting bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō jab sab[adj.] zone milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[opt.pl.12hon3] nā tō vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . that[.mē̃] too you special x of gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (x[root]|x) (month|x) in or 6 (month|x) in one .. or another go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] or some meeting call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then when all zone receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then this too receive[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ then that achcha be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
426In that too, have a special gathering of those from Andhra Pradesh and someone or other should go there every month or in six months and have a meeting. 427Since all the zones are meeting, they should also meet and everything will then work out fine.
320ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
428Is that OK?
321रमेश भाई सेःतबियत ठीक है . ramēśh bhāī sēḥtabiyat ṭhīk hai . ramēśh bhāī[x] x ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Rameshbhai x OK be[pres.sg.23] .
429Speaking to Rameshbhai: Is your health OK?
322 ( बाम्बे का समाचार सुनाया ) सेन्टर्स तो सब सेफ हैं . ( bāmbē kā samāchār sunāyā ) centres tō sab safe haĩ . ( bāmbē kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) centre tō sab[adj.] safe hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Bombay of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) centre then all safe be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
430(Rameshbhai gave Baba news of Mumbai): All the centres are safe.
323फिर भी बाम्बे बाप का है . phir bhī bāmbē bāp kā hai . phir bhī[x] bāmbē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless Bombay father of be[pres.sg.23] .
431Nevertheless, Bombay belongs to the Father.
324बाप का परिवार है लेकिन जो बाप ने कहा फुलस्टाप और तपस्या इसको जरूर बढ़ाना है . bāp kā parivār hai lēkin jō bāp nē kahā fullstop aur tapasyā iskō jarūr baṛhānā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] full stop aur tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.kō] zarūr baṛhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . father of family be[pres.sg.23] but that father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] full stop and tapasya this[.kō] definitely increase[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
432It is the Father's family. 433However, you definitely have to increase what the Father said: Full stop and tapasya.
325यह तो कुछ भी नहीं है घर से बाहर नहीं निकल सकेंगे खिड़की नहीं खोल सकेंगे तो क्या करेंगे ? yah tō kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai ghar sē bāhar nahī̃ nikal sakē̃gē khiṛkī nahī̃ khōl sakē̃gē tō kyā karē̃gē ? yah[pn.sg.d.] tō kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāhar nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] khiṛkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this then anything not be[pres.sg.23] home from outside not be extracted[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] window not open[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
434This is nothing. 435You will not be able to come out of your homes; you will not be able to open any windows, so what will you do then?
326इससे भी बहुत कुछ होना है . issē bhī bahut kuchh hōnā hai . yah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] bahut kuchh hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this[.sē] too very anything be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
436A lot worse than this is going to take place.
327बृजमोहन भाई से : ( ओ . आर . सी . के सिन्धी सम्मेलन का समाचार सुनाया ) कनेक्शन तो हुआ अभी उनकी पीठ करना . br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē : ( ō . are|or . see|sī|C . kē|K sindhī sammēlan kā samāchār sunāyā ) connection tō huā abhī unkī pīṭh karnā . br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] : ( O . be|or . see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sindhī[adj.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) connection tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.kī] pīṭh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Brij Mohan (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from : ( x . (be|x) . (see|x) . (of|K) x x of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) connection then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] now that[.kī] back do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
437Brijmohanbhai gave Baba news of the Sindhi conference that took place in Om Shanti Retreat Centre: You have now made a connection. 438Now, follow it up.
328अभी और कनेक्शन में लाना . abhī aur connection mē̃ lānā . ab[adv.hī] aur connection mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now and connection in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
439Now bring them into further connection.
329यह जो फिल्म वाला है वह आपके काम आ सकता है . yah jō film vālā hai vah āpkē kām ā saktā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] film vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . this that film those who be[pres.sg.23] that you[.kē] (lust|task) come[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
440The film person can be very helpful to you.
330यह ( सिन्धी ) रह नहीं जावें फिर भी बाप का अवतरण हुआ है तो रह नहीं जावे . yah ( sindhī ) rah nahī̃ jāvē̃ phir bhī bāp kā avataraṇ huā hai tō rah nahī̃ jāvē . yah[pn.sg.d.] ( sindhī[adj.] ) rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] phir bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] avataraṇ[x] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.sg.23] . this ( x ) remain[root] not go[opt.pl.12hon3] nevertheless father of incarnation be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then remain[root] not go[opt.sg.23] .
441They (Sindhis) should not be left out. 442The Father's incarnation took place there and so they should not be left out.
331आपका अपना काम है सन्देश देना यह नहीं कहें कि हमको नहीं सुनाया . āpkā apnā kām hai sandēśh dēnā yah nahī̃ kahē̃ ki hamkō nahī̃ sunāyā . āp[pn.pl.kā] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] nahī̃[neg] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.kā] (one’s own|adopt[root]) (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] message give[inf.m.sg.d.] this not say[opt.pl.12hon3] that we[.kō] not speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
443Your duty is to give the message. 444They should not say that they were not told about it.
332 ( आशा बहन से ) थोड़ा मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . ( āśhā bahan sē ) thōṛā mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . ( āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . ( desire x from ) short effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .
445(To Ashaben): You have had to work a little hard.
333बाप से मुहब्बत है इसलिए मेहनत नहीं लगती . bāp sē muhabbat hai isliē mēhnat nahī̃ lagtī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . father from love be[pres.sg.23] therefore effort not x[pres-part.f.] .
446You have love for the Father and you therefore didn't feel it to be hard work.
334 ( अभी ओ . आर . सी . सेवा में दौड़ रहा है ) चारों ओर दौड़ना चाहिए . ( abhī ō . are|or . see|sī|C . sēvā mē̃ dauṛ rahā hai ) chārō̃ ōr dauṛnā chāhiē . ( ab[adv.hī] O . be|or . see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dauṛnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) chārō̃ ōr[x] dauṛnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|dauṛnā[.oblig3] . ( now x . (be|x) . (see|x) . service in x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) everywhere (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) .
447(Now ORC is running ahead in service). 448Service has to run everywhere.
335जो भी ज़ोन थोड़े कमज़ोर हैं आपस में नहीं मिलते वहाँ कोई न कोई हर मास जाना चाहिए संगठन करना चाहिए . jō bhī zone thōṛē kamzōr haĩ āpas mē̃ nahī̃ miltē vahā̃ kōī na kōī har|her mās jānā chāhiē saṅgaṭhan karnā chāhiē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] āpas mē̃[x] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vahā̃ kōī na kōī[x] harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . that too zone short weak be[pres.pl.12hon3] with each other not receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] there one .. or another (x[root]|x) (month|x) (go[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) gathering (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
449Whatever zones are weak and unable to get together, someone or other should go there every month and have a gathering there.
336 ( दादी जानकी ने कहा इसमें गुल्जार दादी का भी सहयोग चाहिए ) एक दो का सहयोग तो चाहिए . ( dādī jānkī nē kahā ismē̃ Gulzār dādī kā bhī sahyōg chāhiē ) ēk dō kā sahyōg tō chāhiē . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] Gulzār[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ) ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . ( Dadi x ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] Gulzar Dadi of too cooperation (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ) one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) of cooperation then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
450(Dadi Janki requested the co-operation of Dadi Gulzar as well in this.) 451Co-operation from one another is definitely needed.
3378 बड़ी बहनों ने 5 दिन मौन भट्ठी की है वे बापदादा के सामने आई : अच्छा यह फरिश्ते आये हैं . 8 baṛī bahanō̃ nē 5 din maun bhaṭṭhī kī hai vē|way bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē āī|eye|I : achchhā yah phariśhtē āyē haĩ . 8 baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] 5 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] maun[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.pl.d.]|way bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 8 very x ∅ 5 day silence bhatti do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] (that|x) BapDada (of|K) x (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) : achcha this angel come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
452Eight senior sisters had a five-day silent bhatti and they came in front of BapDada: Achcha, the angels have come.
338फरिश्ते हो ना . phariśhtē hō nā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . angel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
453You are angels, are you not?
339यह फरिश्तों की महफिल है . yah phariśhtō̃ kī|key mahaphil hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahphil[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this angel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
454This is a gathering of angels. 455Achcha.
340अच्छा स्व में उमंग उत्साह रख के किया ना तो उसकी बहुत बहुत मुबारक है . achchhā sva mē̃ umaṅg utsāh rakh kē|K kiyā nā tō uskī bahut bahut mubārak hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sva mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā tō vah[pn.sg.kī] bahut bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha x in zeal enthusiasm keep[root] (of|K) do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ then that[.kī] very very congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
456You did this by having zeal and enthusiasm in yourselves, did you not? 457Many, many congratulations for that.
341थोड़े हैं आयेंगे नहीं आयेंगे नहीं सोचा . thōṛē haĩ āyēṅgē nahī̃ āyēṅgē nahī̃ sōchā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . short be[pres.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not think[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
458You didn't think that there are only a few of you or ....... others will come or not.
342करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
459We just have to do this.
343तो 8 रत्न हो गये . tō 8 ratna hō gayē . tō 8 ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then 8 jewel be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
460So, you have become the eight jewels.
344तो 8 रत्नों को देखके सभी को उमंग आयेगा . tō 8 ratnō̃ kō dēkhkē sabhī kō umaṅg āyēgā . tō 8 ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then 8 jewel to see[abs.] all to zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] .
461Seeing the eight jewels everyone will have enthusiasm.
345यह जनवरी मास का जो प्रोग्राम बनायेंगे ना उसमें कोई न कोई ऐसी बात रखो जो सबको उमंग आवे . yah January mās kā jō programme banāyēṅgē nā usmē̃ kōī na kōī aisī bāt rakhō jō sabkō umaṅg āvē . yah[pn.sg.d.] January mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] programme banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī na kōī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sabkō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . this January (month|x) of that programme create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that[.mē̃] one .. or another such matter keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everything zeal come[opt.sg.23] . 346और उसकी पीठ करें . aur uskī pīṭh karē̃ . aur vah[pn.sg.kī] pīṭh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . and that[.kī] back do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
462In the programme that you make for the month of January, have something similar so that everyone has enthusiasm, and then follow it up.
347आप तो खुद जिम्मेवार थे ना तो आपने अपनी जिम्मेवारी सम्भाली . āp tō khud jimmēvār thē nā tō āpnē apnī jimmēvārī sambhālī . āp[pn.pl.] tō khud jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] nā tō āp[pn.pl.nē] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[past-part.f.] . you then oneself x be[past.pl] ∅ then you[.nē] one’s own responsibility be careful[past-part.f.] .
463You yourselves are responsible and so you looked after your responsibilities.
348लेकिन दूसरों को पुल करना पड़ेगा . lēkin dūsrō̃ kō pul karnā paṛēgā . lēkin dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pul[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . but other to x do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . 349और वायुमण्डल ऐसे हो जाये जैसे मधुबन में प्रैक्टिकल फर्क पड़ जाये . aur vāyumaṇḍal aisē hō jāyē jaisē madhuban mē̃ practical phark paṛ jāyē . aur vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] practical fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . and atmosphere such be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] like Madhuban in practical difference fall[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
464However, others will have to be pulled; and the atmosphere should become such that there is a practical difference in Madhuban.
350हर एक को सेन्टर में ऐसा वायुमण्डल बनाना है जो गायन है ना घर घर में मन्दिर . har ēk kō centre mē̃ aisā vāyumaṇḍal banānā hai jō gāyan hai nā ghar ghar mē̃ mandir . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] centre mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] jō[pn.;d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] . each one to centre in such atmosphere create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ home home in temple .
465Each one has to create such an atmosphere at the centre, as it is remembered that every home is a temple.
351तो घर घर में चैतन्य फरिश्तों का मन्दिर हो . tō ghar ghar mē̃ chaitanya phariśhtō̃ kā mandir hō . tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then home home in living angel of temple (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
466So, let there be a temple of living angels in every home.
352बाकी बापदादा खुश है आप लोगों ने हिम्मत करके किया यह अच्छा किया . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai āp lōgō̃ nē himmat karkē kiyā yah achchhā kiyā . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (but|others) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] you people ∅ courage do[abs.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] this achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
467BapDada is pleased that you had courage and did this and you did it well.
353तो बापदादा कहेंगे हिम्मते ग्रुप . tō bāpdādā kahē̃gē himmatē group . tō bāpdādā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] himmat group . then BapDada say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] courage group .
468So, BapDada would say that this is the group that maintained courage.
354एक्जैम्पुल बनें . example banē̃ . example bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . example become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
469You have become an example.
355अच्छा लगा ना बहुत अच्छा लगा सहज भी लगा . achchhā lagā nā bahut achchhā lagā sahaj bhī lagā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] bhī[p.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ very achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) easy too (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
470You liked it, did you not? 471You liked it very much; you also found it easy.
356मेहनत नहीं करनी पड़ी . mēhnat nahī̃ karnī paṛī . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.f..oblig2] . effort not do[past-part.f..oblig2] .
472You didn't have to work hard.
357उठना भी अच्छा नहीं लगता होगा . uṭhnā bhī achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hōgā . uṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . wake up[inf.m.sg.d.] too achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] .
473You probably didn't like getting up from here.
358तो ऐसे घूम जाओ ( ताली बजाओ ) देखो इन्होंने किस बात की हिम्मत रखी ? tō aisē ghūm jāō ( tālī bajāō ) dēkhō inhōnnē kis bāt kī|key himmat rakhī ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghūmnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] ( tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.pl.nē] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] ? then such walk around[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] ( clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this[.nē] (who|what) matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage keep[past-part.f.] ?
474So, now turn around. 475(You may applaud). 476Look, what courage did all of them maintain?
359और बापदादा और परिवार भी सहयोगी बना इन्होंने 5 दिन फुलस्टाप लगाने की भट्ठी की . aur bāpdādā aur parivār bhī sahyōgī banā inhōnnē 5 din fullstop lagānē kī|key bhaṭṭhī kī|key . aur bāpdādā aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] yah[pn.pl.nē] 5 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] full stop lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . and BapDada and family too co-operative (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) this[.nē] 5 day full stop attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bhatti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
477BapDada and the family co-operated with them. 478They had a five-day bhatti of applying a full stop.
360और 5 ही दिन लगातार कोई भी मिस नहीं हुआ . aur 5 hī din lagātār kōī bhī miss nahī̃ huā . aur 5 hī[p.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagātār kōī bhī[x] miss nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and 5 only day x anyone miss not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
479And in the five continuous days, no one missed anything at all.
361आदि शुरू भी की और अन्त तक आपके सामने हैं . ādi śhurū bhī kī|key aur ant tak āpkē sāmnē haĩ . ādi[adj.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak āp[pn.pl.kē] sāmnē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . etc. beginning too (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and end until you[.kē] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
480They all began it and are now in front of you at the end.
362तो यह पुरूषार्थ अच्छा किया ऐसे आप लोग भी ग्रुप ग्रुप बनाके अन्दर ही अन्दर पुरूषार्थ करना . tō yah purūṣhārth achchhā kiyā aisē āp lōg bhī group group banākē andar hī andar purūṣhārth karnā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] group group banānā[abs.] andar hī[p.] andar puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this effort achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] such you people too group group create[abs.] inside only inside effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
481You made good effort. 482Now, you can all make such groups and continue to make this effort internally.
363चलो दो जने हो सेन्टर पर कोई एक सखी को साथी बना दो और अपने बड़े को सुना दो तो क्या है भट्ठी करेंगे ना विशेष नियम बनायेंगे तो उसकी मदद मिलेगी . chalō dō janē hō centre par kōī ēk sakhī kō sāthī banā dō aur apnē baṛē kō sunā dō tō kyā hai bhaṭṭhī karē̃gē nā viśhēṣh niyam banāyēṅgē tō uskī madad milēgī . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] janā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] sakhā[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā viśhēṣh[adj.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) person (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) centre (at|other) some one friend to companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] and one’s own very to speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] then what be[pres.sg.23] bhatti do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ special law create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that[.kī] x receive[fut.f.sg.23] .
483If there are two people at the centre, make another friend your companion at the centre and let your seniors know about it, that you will have a special bhatti. 484If you make a special discipline, you will receive help.
364तो बापदादा को अच्छा लगा . tō bāpdādā kō achchhā lagā . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then BapDada to achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
485BapDada liked it.
365अभी सहज पुरूषार्थ हो गया ना . abhī sahaj purūṣhārth hō gayā nā . ab[adv.hī] sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . now easy effort be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
486Effort has now become easy, has it not?
366अभी वहाँ जाके भूल नहीं जाना . abhī vahā̃ jākē bhūl nahī̃ jānā . ab[adv.hī] vahā̃ jānā[abs.] bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now there go[abs.] (mistake|forget[root]) not (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
487Now, don't forget this when you get back home.
367बातों में नहीं आ जाना . bātō̃ mē̃ nahī̃ ā jānā . bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . matter in not come[root] (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
488Do not get caught up in situations.
368फुलस्टाप में नम्बरवन लेना . fullstop mē̃ number one lēnā . full stop mē̃[postp.] number one lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . full stop in number one take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
489Claim number one in applying a full stop.
369दूसरों को करायेंगे भी और अपना अनुभव भी सुनायेंगे . dūsrō̃ kō karāyēṅgē bhī aur apnā anubhav bhī sunāyēṅgē . dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . other to make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] too and (one’s own|adopt[root]) experience too speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
490You will inspire others to make this effort and also share your own experiences.
370अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
491Achcha.
492* * * O M S H A N T I * * *
371विशेष खुशखबरी : आप सबके मनपसन्द ब्रह्माकुमारीज़ अवेकिंग प्रोग्राम वर्तमान समय आस्था संस्कार और जागरण चैनल्स पर निम्न प्रकार से आ रहा है आप स्वयं भी देखें और अपने स्नेह सम्पर्क वालों को भी अवश्य बतायेंःviśhēṣh khuśhkhabarī : āp sabkē manpasand brahmakumaris avēkiṅg programme vartamān samay āsthā saṅskār aur jāgraṇ cainalsa par nimna prakār sē ā rahā hai āp svayã bhī dēkhē̃ aur apnē snēh samparka vālō̃ kō bhī avaśhya batāyē̃ḥviśhēṣh[adj.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] : āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man pasand[adj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x programme vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x saṅskār[x] aur jāgraṇ[x] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] x prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] āp[pn.pl.] svayã bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] avaśhya xspecial good news : you everyone's liked by oneself Brahma Kumari x programme present time x sanskar and one night without sleep x (at|other) x form from come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] you x too see[opt.pl.12hon3] and one’s own love x those who to too x x
372आस्था चैनल परः सायं -7 . 10 से 7 . 40 तकāsthā channel paraḥ sāyã -7 . 10 sē 7 . 40 takx channel x sāyã[n.m.;sg.,d.] -7 . 10 sē[postp.] 7 . 40 takx channel x x -7 . 10 from 7 . 40 until
373आस्था इन्टरनेशनल - यू . के . - 8 . 40 B S T , यू . एस . ए . और कैनाडा - 8 . 40 E Tāsthā international - U|you . kē|K . - 8 . 40 B S T , U|you . S . A . aur Canada - 8 . 40 E Tx international - U|you . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . - 8 . 40 B S T , U|you . S . A . aur Canada - 8 . 40 E Tx international - (U.|x) . (of|K) . - 8 . 40 B S T , (U.|x) . x . a . and Canada - 8 . 40 E T
374संस्कार चैनल पर - रात्रि - 9 . 50 से 10 . 20 तकsaṅskār channel par - rātri - 9 . 50 sē 10 . 20 taksaṅskār[x] channel par[postp.]|par[adj.] - rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] - 9 . 50 sē[postp.] 10 . 20 taksanskar channel (at|other) - night - 9 . 50 from 10 . 20 until
375जागरण चैनल पर - प्रातः 4 . 00 से 5-45 तकjāgraṇ channel par - prātaḥ 4 . 00 sē 5-45 takjāgraṇ[x] channel par[postp.]|par[adj.] - prātaḥ 4 . 00 sē[postp.] 5-45 takone night without sleep channel (at|other) - morning 4 . 00 from 5-45 until